VirtualBox

source: vbox/trunk/src/VBox/Main/idl/VirtualBox.xidl@ 7829

Last change on this file since 7829 was 7827, checked in by vboxsync, 17 years ago

Main: fix API documentation for attachHardDisk

  • Property svn:eol-style set to native
  • Property svn:keywords set to Author Date Id Revision
File size: 353.6 KB
Line 
1<?xml version="1.0" ?>
2
3<!--
4 * :tabSize=2:indentSize=2:noTabs=true:
5 * :folding=explicit:collapseFolds=1:
6 *
7 * Master declaration for VirtualBox's Main API, represented
8 * by COM/XPCOM and web service interfaces.
9 *
10 * From this document, the build system generates several files
11 * via XSLT that are then used during the build process.
12 *
13 * Below is the list of XSL templates that operate on this file and
14 * output files they generate. These XSL templates must be updated
15 * whenever the schema of this file changes:
16 *
17 * 1. src/VBox/Main/idl/midl.xsl =>
18 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox.idl
19 * (MS COM interface definition file for Main API)
20 *
21 * 2. src/VBox/Main/idl/xpidl.xsl =>
22 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox_XPCOM.idl
23 * (XPCOM interface definition file for Main API)
24 *
25 * 3. src/VBox/Main/idl/doxygen.xsl =>
26 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Main/VirtualBox.idl
27 * (pseudo-IDL for Doxygen to generate the official Main API
28 * documentation)
29 *
30 * 4. src/VBox/Main/webservice/*.xsl =>
31 * a bunch of WSDL and C++ files
32 * (VirtualBox web service sources and SOAP mappers;
33 * see src/VBox/Main/webservice/Makefile.kmk for details)
34 *
35 * 5. src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.xsl =>
36 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.h
37 * (smart Qt-based C++ wrapper classes for COM interfaces
38 * of the Main API)
39 *
40 * 6. src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.xsl =>
41 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.wxi
42 * (Main API TypeLib block for the WiX installer)
43 *
44 Copyright (C) 2006-2007 innotek GmbH
45
46 This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
47 available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
48 you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
49 General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
50 Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
51 VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
52 hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
53-->
54
55<idl>
56
57<if target="midl">
58 <cpp line="enum {"/>
59 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMajorVersion = 1,"/>
60 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMinorVersion = 0"/>
61 <cpp line="};"/>
62</if>
63
64<if target="xpidl">
65 <!-- NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTSxx_CI macros are placed here, for convenience -->
66 <cpp>
67// currenty, nsISupportsImpl.h lacks the below-like macros
68#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI
69#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI(_class, _interface) \
70 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
71 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
72 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1_CI(_class, _interface) \
73 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER1(_class, _interface)
74#endif
75#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI
76#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
77 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
78 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
79 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
80 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER2(_class, _i1, _i2)
81#endif
82 </cpp>
83</if>
84
85<library
86 name="VirtualBox"
87 uuid="46137EEC-703B-4fe5-AFD4-7C9BBBBA0259"
88 version="1.3"
89 desc="innotek VirtualBox Type Library"
90 appUuid="819B4D85-9CEE-493C-B6FC-64FFE759B3C9"
91 supportsErrorInfo="yes"
92>
93
94 <!--
95 // all common enums
96 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
97 -->
98
99 <enum
100 name="TSBool"
101 uuid="523ff64d-842a-4b1a-80e7-c311b028cb3a"
102 >
103 <desc>
104 Boolean variable having a third state, default.
105 </desc>
106
107 <const name="False" value="0"/>
108 <const name="True" value="1"/>
109 <const name="Default" value="2"/>
110 </enum>
111
112 <enum
113 name="MachineState"
114 uuid="73bf04d0-7c4f-4684-9abf-d65a9ad74343"
115 >
116 <desc>
117 Virtual machine execution state. This enumeration represents possible
118 values of the <link to="IMachine::state"/> attribute.
119 </desc>
120
121 <const name="Null" value="0">
122 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
123 </const>
124 <const name="PoweredOff" value="1">
125 <desc>
126 The machine is not running.
127 </desc>
128 </const>
129 <const name="Saved" value="2">
130 <desc>
131 The machine is not currently running, but the execution state
132 of the machine has been saved to an external file when it
133 was running.
134 <note>
135 No any machine settings can be altered when the machine
136 is in this state.
137 </note>
138 </desc>
139 </const>
140 <const name="Aborted" value="3">
141 <desc>
142 A process that run the machine has abnormally terminated.
143 Other than that, this value is equivalent to #PoweredOff.
144 </desc>
145 </const>
146 <const name="Running" value="4">
147 <desc>
148 The machine is currently being executed.
149 <note>
150 This value can be used in comparison expressions:
151 all state values below it describe a virtual machine that is
152 not currently being executed (i.e., it is completely out of
153 action).
154 </note>
155 <note>
156 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
157 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
158 preceed the Paused state.
159 </note>
160 </desc>
161 </const>
162 <const name="Paused" value="5">
163 <desc>
164 The execution of the machine has been paused.
165 <note>
166 This value can be used in comparison expressions: all state values
167 above it represent unstable states of the running virtual
168 machine. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, no machine settings can
169 be altered when it is in one of the unstable sates.
170 </note>
171 <note>
172 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
173 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
174 follow the Running state.
175 </note>
176 </desc>
177 </const>
178 <const name="Stuck" value="6">
179 <desc>
180 The execution of the machine has reached the Guru Meditaion
181 condition. This condition indicates an internal VMM failure which may
182 happen as a result of either an unhandled low-level virtual hardware
183 exception or one of the recompiler exceptions (such as
184 the <i>too-many-traps</i> condition).
185 </desc>
186 </const>
187 <const name="Starting" value="7">
188 <desc>
189 The machine is being started after
190 <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from a
191 zero execution state.
192 </desc>
193 </const>
194 <const name="Stopping" value="8">
195 <desc>
196 The machine is being normally stopped
197 (after explicitly <link to="IConsole::powerDown">powering it off</link>,
198 or after the guest OS has initiated a shutdown sequence).
199 </desc>
200 </const>
201 <const name="Saving" value="9">
202 <desc>
203 The machine is saving its execution state to a file as a
204 result of calling <link to="IConsole::saveState"/> or an online
205 snapshot of the machine is being taken using
206 <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/>.
207 </desc>
208 </const>
209 <const name="Restoring" value="10">
210 <desc>
211 The execution state of the machine is being restored from a file
212 after <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from
213 a saved execution state.
214 </desc>
215 </const>
216 <const name="Discarding" value="11">
217 <desc>
218 A snapshot of the machine is being discarded after calling
219 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot"/> or its current state is
220 being discarded after <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/>.
221 </desc>
222 </const>
223 </enum>
224
225 <enum
226 name="SessionState"
227 uuid="CF2700C0-EA4B-47ae-9725-7810114B94D8"
228 >
229 <desc>
230 Session state. This enumeration represents possible values of
231 <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/> and <link to="ISession::state"/>
232 attributes. Idividual value descriptions contain the appropriate
233 meaning for every case.
234 </desc>
235
236 <const name="Null" value="0">
237 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
238 </const>
239 <const name="Closed" value="1">
240 <desc>
241 The machine has no open sessions (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
242 the session is closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
243 </desc>
244 </const>
245 <const name="Open" value="2">
246 <desc>
247 The machine has an open direct session (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
248 the session is open (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
249 </desc>
250 </const>
251 <const name="Spawning" value="3">
252 <desc>
253 A new (direct) session is being opened for the machine
254 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
255 call (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
256 the session is currently being opened
257 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
258 call (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
259 </desc>
260 </const>
261 <const name="Closing" value="4">
262 <desc>
263 The direct session is being closed (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
264 the session is being closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
265 </desc>
266 </const>
267 </enum>
268
269 <enum
270 name="SessionType"
271 uuid="A13C02CB-0C2C-421E-8317-AC0E8AAA153A"
272 >
273 <desc>
274 Session type. This enumeration represents possible values of the
275 <link to="ISession::type"/> attribute.
276 </desc>
277
278 <const name="Null" value="0">
279 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
280 </const>
281 <const name="Direct" value="1">
282 <desc>
283 Direct session
284 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>)
285 </desc>
286 </const>
287 <const name="Remote" value="2">
288 <desc>
289 Remote session
290 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>)
291 </desc>
292 </const>
293 <const name="Existing" value="3">
294 <desc>
295 Existing session
296 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession()"/>)
297 </desc>
298 </const>
299 </enum>
300
301 <enum
302 name="DeviceType"
303 uuid="6d9420f7-0b56-4636-99f9-7346f1b01e57"
304 >
305 <desc>
306 Device type.
307 </desc>
308 <const name="Null" value="0">
309 <desc>
310 <tt>null</tt> value which may also mean "no device".
311 <note>
312 This value is not allowed for
313 <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>
314 </note>
315 </desc>
316 </const>
317 <const name="Floppy" value="1">
318 <desc>Floppy device.</desc>
319 </const>
320 <const name="DVD" value="2">
321 <desc>CD/DVD-ROM device.</desc>
322 </const>
323 <const name="HardDisk" value="3">
324 <desc>Hard disk device.</desc>
325 </const>
326 <const name="Network" value="4">
327 <desc>Network device.</desc>
328 </const>
329 <const name="USB" value="5">
330 <desc>USB device.</desc>
331 </const>
332 <const name="SharedFolder" value="6">
333 <desc>Shared folder device.</desc>
334 </const>
335 </enum>
336
337 <enum
338 name="DeviceActivity"
339 uuid="6FC8AEAA-130A-4eb5-8954-3F921422D707"
340 >
341 <desc>
342 Device activity for <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>.
343 </desc>
344
345 <const name="Null" value="0"/>
346 <const name="Idle" value="1"/>
347 <const name="Reading" value="2"/>
348 <const name="Writing" value="3"/>
349 </enum>
350
351 <enum
352 name="ResourceUsage"
353 uuid="FC56E4B6-B195-48e2-A5E1-A667B0D9F809"
354 >
355 <desc>
356 Usage type constants for
357 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImageUsage"/> and
358 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImageUsage"/>.
359 </desc>
360
361 <const name="Null" value="0">
362 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
363 </const>
364 <const name="Permanent" value="1">
365 <desc>
366 Scopes the VMs that use the resource permanently
367 (the information about this usage is stored in the VM
368 settings file).
369 </desc>
370 </const>
371 <const name="Temporary" value="2">
372 <desc>
373 Scopes the VMs that are temporarily using the resource
374 (the information about the usage is not yet saved in the VM
375 settings file). Temporary usage can take place only in the
376 context of an open session.
377 </desc>
378 </const>
379 <const name="All" value="3">
380 <desc>
381 Combines Permanent and Temporary.
382 </desc>
383 </const>
384 </enum>
385
386 <enum
387 name="StorageBus"
388 uuid="715984a5-093c-43bb-aa42-a16ed16828dd"
389 >
390 <desc>Interface bus type for storage devices.</desc>
391
392 <const name="Null" value="0">
393 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
394 </const>
395
396 <const name="IDE" value="1"/>
397 <const name="SATA" value="2"/>
398 </enum>
399
400 <enum
401 name="ClipboardMode"
402 uuid="33364716-4008-4701-8f14-be0fa3d62950"
403 >
404 <desc>
405 Host-Guest clipboard interchange mode.
406 </desc>
407
408 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
409 <const name="HostToGuest" value="1"/>
410 <const name="GuestToHost" value="2"/>
411 <const name="Bidirectional" value="3"/>
412 </enum>
413
414 <enum
415 name="Scope"
416 uuid="7c91096e-499e-4eca-9f9b-9001438d7855"
417 >
418 <desc>
419 Scope of the operation.
420
421 A generic enumeration used in various methods to define the action or
422 argument scope.
423 </desc>
424
425 <const name="Global" value="0"/>
426 <const name="Machine" value="1"/>
427 <const name="Session" value="2"/>
428 </enum>
429
430 <enum
431 name="GuestStatisticType"
432 uuid="aa7c1d71-aafe-47a8-9608-27d2d337cf55"
433 >
434 <desc>
435 Statistics type for <link to="IGuest::getStatistic"/>.
436 </desc>
437
438 <const name="CPULoad_Idle" value="0">
439 <desc>
440 Idle CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
441 </desc>
442 </const>
443 <const name="CPULoad_Kernel" value="1">
444 <desc>
445 Kernel CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
446 </desc>
447 </const>
448 <const name="CPULoad_User" value="2">
449 <desc>
450 User CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
451 </desc>
452 </const>
453 <const name="Threads" value="3">
454 <desc>
455 Total number of threads in the system.
456 </desc>
457 </const>
458 <const name="Processes" value="4">
459 <desc>
460 Total number of processes in the system.
461 </desc>
462 </const>
463 <const name="Handles" value="5">
464 <desc>
465 Total number of handles in the system.
466 </desc>
467 </const>
468 <const name="MemoryLoad" value="6">
469 <desc>
470 Memory load (0-100%).
471 </desc>
472 </const>
473 <const name="PhysMemTotal" value="7">
474 <desc>
475 Total physical memory in megabytes.
476 </desc>
477 </const>
478 <const name="PhysMemAvailable" value="8">
479 <desc>
480 Free physical memory in megabytes.
481 </desc>
482 </const>
483 <const name="PhysMemBalloon" value="9">
484 <desc>
485 Ballooned physical memory in megabytes.
486 </desc>
487 </const>
488 <const name="MemCommitTotal" value="10">
489 <desc>
490 Total amount of memory in the committed state in megabytes.
491 </desc>
492 </const>
493 <const name="MemKernelTotal" value="11">
494 <desc>
495 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
496 </desc>
497 </const>
498 <const name="MemKernelPaged" value="12">
499 <desc>
500 Total amount of paged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
501 </desc>
502 </const>
503 <const name="MemKernelNonpaged" value="13">
504 <desc>
505 Total amount of nonpaged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
506 </desc>
507 </const>
508 <const name="MemSystemCache" value="14">
509 <desc>
510 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's system cache in megabytes.
511 </desc>
512 </const>
513 <const name="PageFileSize" value="15">
514 <desc>
515 Pagefile size in megabytes.
516 </desc>
517 </const>
518 <const name="SampleNumber" value="16">
519 <desc>
520 Statistics sample number
521 </desc>
522 </const>
523 <const name="MaxVal" value="17"/>
524 </enum>
525
526 <enum
527 name="BIOSBootMenuMode"
528 uuid="ae4fb9f7-29d2-45b4-b2c7-d579603135d5"
529 >
530 <desc>
531 BIOS boot menu mode.
532 </desc>
533
534 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
535 <const name="MenuOnly" value="1"/>
536 <const name="MessageAndMenu" value="2"/>
537 </enum>
538
539 <enum
540 name="IDEControllerType"
541 uuid="445330e3-202a-4dab-854f-ce22e6cb9715"
542 >
543 <desc>
544 IDE controller type.
545 </desc>
546
547 <const name="Null" value="0">
548 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
549 </const>
550 <const name="PIIX3" value="1"/>
551 <const name="PIIX4" value="2"/>
552 </enum>
553
554 <enum
555 name="DriveState"
556 uuid="cb7233b7-c519-42a5-8310-1830953cacbc"
557 >
558 <const name="Null" value="0">
559 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
560 </const>
561 <const name="NotMounted" value="1"/>
562 <const name="ImageMounted" value="2"/>
563 <const name="HostDriveCaptured" value="3"/>
564 </enum>
565
566 <!--
567 // IVirtualBoxErrorInfo
568 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
569 -->
570
571 <interface
572 name="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" extends="$errorinfo"
573 uuid="e98b5376-8eb4-4eea-812a-3964bf3bb26f"
574 supportsErrorInfo="no"
575 wsmap="suppress"
576 >
577 <desc>
578 The IVirtualBoxErrorInfo interface represents extended error information.
579
580 Extended error information can be set by VirtualBox components after
581 unsuccessful or partially successful method invocation. This information
582 can be retrievefd by the calling party as an IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object
583 and then shown to the client in addition to the plain 32-bit result code.
584
585 In MS COM, this interface extends the IErrorInfo interface,
586 in XPCOM, it extends the nsIException interface. In both cases,
587 it provides a set of common attributes to retrieve error
588 information.
589
590 Sometimes invocation of some component's method may involve methods of
591 other components that may also fail (independently of this method's
592 failure), or a series of non-fatal errors may precede a fatal error that
593 causes method failure. In cases like that, it may be desirable to preserve
594 information about all errors happened during method invocation and deliver
595 it to the caller. The <link to="#next"/> attribute is intended
596 specifically for this purpose and allows to represent a chain of errors
597 through a single IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object set after method invocation.
598
599 Note that errors are stored to a chain in the reverse order, i.e. the
600 initial error object you query right after method invocation is the last
601 error set by the callee, the object it points to in the @a next attribute
602 is the previous error and so on, up to the first error (which is the last
603 in the chain).
604 </desc>
605
606 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
607 <desc>
608 Result code of the error.
609 Usually, it will be the same as the result code returned
610 by the method that provided this error information, but not
611 always. For example, on Win32, CoCreateInstance() will most
612 likely return E_NOINTERFACE upon unsuccessful component
613 instantiation attempt, but not the value the component factory
614 returned.
615 <note>
616 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
617 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::result.
618 </note>
619 </desc>
620 </attribute>
621
622 <attribute name="interfaceID" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
623 <desc>
624 UUID of the interface that defined the error.
625 <note>
626 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetGUID.
627 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
628 </note>
629 </desc>
630 </attribute>
631
632 <attribute name="component" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
633 <desc>
634 Name of the component that generated the error.
635 <note>
636 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetSource.
637 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
638 </note>
639 </desc>
640 </attribute>
641
642 <attribute name="text" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
643 <desc>
644 Text description of the error.
645 <note>
646 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetDescription.
647 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::message.
648 </note>
649 </desc>
650 </attribute>
651
652 <attribute name="next" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
653 <desc>
654 Next error object if there is any, or @c null otherwise.
655 <note>
656 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
657 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::inner.
658 </note>
659 </desc>
660 </attribute>
661
662 </interface>
663
664
665 <!--
666 // IVirtualBox
667 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
668 -->
669
670 <interface
671 name="IVirtualBoxCallback" extends="$unknown"
672 uuid="ee95ffc2-b6c6-4ce8-9e9e-ceadbb5019fe"
673 wsmap="suppress"
674 >
675 <method name="onMachineStateChange">
676 <desc>
677 The execution state of the given machine has changed.
678 <see>IMachine::state</see>
679 </desc>
680 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
681 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
682 </param>
683 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in">
684 <desc>New execution state.</desc>
685 </param>
686 </method>
687
688 <method name="onMachineDataChange">
689 <desc>
690 Any of the settings of the given machine has changed.
691 </desc>
692 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
693 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
694 </param>
695 </method>
696
697 <method name="onExtraDataCanChange">
698 <desc>
699 Notification when someone tries to change extra data for
700 either the given machine or (if null) global extra data.
701 This gives the chance to veto against changes.
702 </desc>
703 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
704 <desc>
705 ID of the machine this event relates to
706 (null ID for global extra data change requests).
707 </desc>
708 </param>
709 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
710 <desc>
711 Extra data key for the attempted write.
712 </desc>
713 </param>
714 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
715 <desc>
716 Extra data value for the given key.
717 </desc>
718 </param>
719 <param name="error" type="wstring" dir="out">
720 <desc>
721 Optional error message describing the reason of the
722 veto (ignored if this notification returns @c true).
723 </desc>
724 </param>
725 <param name="allowChange" type="boolean" dir="return">
726 <desc>
727 Flag to indicate whether the callee agrees (@ true)
728 or vetoes against the change (@ false).
729 </desc>
730 </param>
731 </method>
732
733 <method name="onExtraDataChange">
734 <desc>
735 Notification when machine specific or global extra data
736 has changed.
737 </desc>
738 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
739 <desc>
740 ID of the machine this event relates to.
741 Null for global extra data changes.
742 </desc>
743 </param>
744 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
745 <desc>
746 Extra data key that has changed.
747 </desc>
748 </param>
749 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
750 <desc>
751 Extra data value for the given key.
752 </desc>
753 </param>
754 </method>
755
756 <method name="onMediaRegistered">
757 <desc>
758 The given media was registered or unregistered
759 within this VirtualBox installation.
760
761 The @a mediaType parameter describes what type of
762 media the specified @a mediaId refers to. Possible
763 values are:
764
765 - <link to="DeviceType::HardDisk"/>: the media is a hard disk
766 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
767 <link to="IVirtualBox::getHardDisk"/> call.
768 - <link to="DeviceType::DVD"/>: the media is a CD/DVD image
769 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
770 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImage"/> call.
771 - <link to="DeviceType::Floppy"/>: the media is a Floppy image
772 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
773 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImage"/> call.
774
775 Note that if this is a deregistration notification,
776 there is no way to access the object representing the
777 unregistered media. It is supposed that the
778 application will do required cleanup based on the @a
779 mediaId value.
780 </desc>
781 <param name="mediaId" type="uuid" dir="in">
782 <desc>ID of the media this event relates to.</desc>
783 </param>
784 <param name="mediaType" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
785 <desc>Type of the media this event relates to.</desc>
786 </param>
787 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
788 <desc>
789 If true, the media was registered, otherwise it was
790 unregistered.
791 </desc>
792 </param>
793 </method>
794
795 <method name="onMachineRegistered">
796 <desc>
797 The given machine was registered or unregistered
798 within this VirtualBox installation.
799 </desc>
800 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
801 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
802 </param>
803 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
804 <desc>
805 If true, the machine was registered, otherwise it was
806 unregistered.
807 </desc>
808 </param>
809 </method>
810
811 <method name="onSessionStateChange">
812 <desc>
813 The state of the session for the given machine was changed.
814 <see>IMachine::sessionState</see>
815 </desc>
816 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
817 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
818 </param>
819 <param name="state" type="SessionState" dir="in">
820 <desc>New session state.</desc>
821 </param>
822 </method>
823
824 <method name="onSnapshotTaken">
825 <desc>
826 A new snapshot of the machine has been taken.
827 <see>ISnapshot</see>
828 </desc>
829 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
830 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
831 </param>
832 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
833 <desc>ID of the new snapshot.</desc>
834 </param>
835 </method>
836
837 <method name="onSnapshotDiscarded">
838 <desc>
839 Snapshot of the given machine has been discarded.
840
841 <note>
842 This notification is delivered <b>after</b> the snapshot
843 object has been uninitialized on the server (so that any
844 attempt to call its methods will return an error).
845 </note>
846
847 <see>ISnapshot</see>
848 </desc>
849 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
850 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
851 </param>
852 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
853 <desc>
854 ID of the discarded snapshot. <tt>null</tt> means the
855 current machine state has been discarded (restored from
856 the current snapshot).
857 </desc>
858 </param>
859 </method>
860
861 <method name="onSnapshotChange">
862 <desc>
863 Snapshot properties (name and/or description) have been changed.
864 <see>ISnapshot</see>
865 </desc>
866 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
867 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
868 </param>
869 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
870 <desc>ID of the changed snapshot.</desc>
871 </param>
872 </method>
873
874 </interface>
875
876 <interface
877 name="IVirtualBox" extends="$dispatched"
878 uuid="2d3b9ea7-25f5-4f07-a8e1-7dd7e0dcf667"
879 wsmap="managed"
880 >
881 <desc>
882 The IVirtualBox interface represents the main interface exposed by the
883 product that provides virtual machine management.
884
885 An instance of IVirtualBox is required for the product to do anything
886 useful. Even though the interface does not expose this, internally,
887 IVirtualBox is implemented as a singleton and actually lives in the
888 process of the VirtualBox server (VBoxSVC.exe). This makes sure that
889 IVirtualBox can track the state of all virtual machines on a particular
890 host, regardless of which frontend started them.
891
892 To enumerate all the virtual machines on the host, use the
893 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute.
894 </desc>
895
896 <attribute name="version" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
897 <desc>
898 A string representing the version number of the product. The
899 format is 3 integer numbers divided by dots (e.g. 1.0.1). The
900 last number represents the build number and will frequently change.
901 </desc>
902 </attribute>
903
904 <attribute name="homeFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
905 <desc>
906 Full path to the directory where the global settings file,
907 <tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>, is stored.
908
909 In this version of VirtualBox, the value of this property is
910 always <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;/.VirtualBox</tt> (where
911 <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;</tt> is the path to the user directory,
912 as determined by the host OS), and cannot be changed.
913
914 This path is also used as the base to resolve relative paths in
915 places where relative paths are allowed (unless otherwise
916 expressly indicated).
917 </desc>
918 </attribute>
919
920 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
921 <desc>
922 Full name of the global settings file.
923 The value of this property corresponds to the value of
924 <link to="#homeFolder"/> plus <tt>/VirtualBox.xml</tt>.
925 </desc>
926 </attribute>
927
928 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
929 <desc>
930 Current version of the format of the global VirtualBox settings file
931 (<tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>).
932
933 The version string has the following format:
934 <pre>
935 x.y-platform
936 </pre>
937 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
938 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
939
940 The current version usually matches the value of the
941 <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
942 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
943 was a change of the settings file format since then.
944
945 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
946 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
947 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
948 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
949 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
950 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
951 value of <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
952 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
953 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
954
955 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
956 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
957 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
958 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
959 etc.
960
961 <see>settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
962 </desc>
963 </attribute>
964
965 <attribute name="settingsFormatVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
966 <desc>
967 Most recent version of the settings file format.
968
969 The version string has the following format:
970 <pre>
971 x.y-platform
972 </pre>
973 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
974 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
975
976 VirtualBox uses this version of the format when saving settings files
977 (either as a result of method calls that require to save settings or as
978 a result of an explicit call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>).
979
980 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
981 </desc>
982 </attribute>
983
984 <attribute name="host" type="IHost" readonly="yes">
985 <desc>Associated host object.</desc>
986 </attribute>
987
988 <attribute name="systemProperties" type="ISystemProperties" readonly="yes">
989 <desc>Associated system information object.</desc>
990 </attribute>
991
992 <attribute name="machines" type="IMachineCollection" readonly="yes">
993 <desc>
994 Collection of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox
995 instance.
996 </desc>
997 </attribute>
998
999 <attribute name="machines2" type="IMachine" readonly="yes" safearray="yes">
1000 <desc>
1001 Array of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox instance.
1002 </desc>
1003 </attribute>
1004
1005 <attribute name="hardDisks" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
1006 <desc>
1007 Collection of hard disk objects registered within this VirtualBox
1008 instance.
1009
1010 This collection contains only "top-level" (basic or independent) hard
1011 disk images, but not differencing ones. All differencing images of the
1012 given top-level image (i.e. all its children) can be enumerated using
1013 <link to="IHardDisk::children"/>.
1014 </desc>
1015 </attribute>
1016
1017 <attribute name="DVDImages" type="IDVDImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1018
1019 <attribute name="FloppyImages" type="IFloppyImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1020
1021 <attribute name="progressOperations" type="IProgressCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1022
1023 <attribute name="guestOSTypes" type="IGuestOSTypeCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1024
1025 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
1026 <desc>
1027 Collection of global shared folders. Global shared folders are
1028 available to all virtual machines.
1029
1030 New shared folders are added to the collection using
1031 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
1032 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
1033
1034 <note>
1035 In the current version of the product, global shared folders are not
1036 implemented and therefore this collection is always empty.
1037 </note>
1038 </desc>
1039 </attribute>
1040
1041 <method name="createMachine">
1042 <desc>
1043 Creates a new virtual machine.
1044
1045 The new machine will have "empty" default settings and will not
1046 yet be registered. The typical sequence to create a virtual machine
1047 is therefore something like this:
1048
1049 <ol>
1050 <li>Call this method (IVirtualBox::createMachine) to have a new
1051 machine created. The machine object returned is "mutable", i.e.
1052 automatically locked for the current session, as if
1053 <link to="#openSession" /> had been called on it.</li>
1054
1055 <li>Assign meaningful settings to the new machine by calling the
1056 respective methods.</li>
1057
1058 <li>Call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings" /> to have the settings written
1059 to the machine's XML settings file. The configuration of the newly
1060 created machine will not be saved to disk (and the settings subfolder
1061 and file, as described below, will not be created) until this method
1062 is called.</li>
1063
1064 <li>Call <link to="#registerMachine" /> to have the
1065 machine show up in the list of machines registered with VirtualBox.</li>
1066 </ol>
1067
1068 Every machine has a <i>settings file</i> that is used to store
1069 the machine configuration. This file is stored in the directory
1070 called <i>machine settings subfolder</i>. Unless specified otherwise,
1071 both the subfolder and the settings file will have a name that
1072 corresponds to the name of the virtual machine. You can specify
1073 where to create the machine settings subfolder using the @a
1074 baseFolder argument. The base folder can be absolute (full path)
1075 or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1076 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1077
1078 If a null or empty string is given as the base folder (which is
1079 recommended), the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultMachineFolder">
1080 default machine settings folder</link> will be used as the base
1081 folder to create the machine settings subfolder and file. In
1082 any case, the full path to the settings file will look like:
1083 <pre>
1084 &lt;base_folder&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;.xml
1085 </pre>
1086
1087 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1088 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1089 empty or null UUID.
1090
1091 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1092 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1093 description for more details about the machine name.
1094
1095 The created machine remains
1096 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1097
1098 <note>
1099 There is no way to change the name of the settings file or
1100 subfolder of the created machine directly.
1101 </note>
1102 </desc>
1103 <param name="baseFolder" type="wstring" dir="in">
1104 <desc>
1105 Name of the folder where to create the machine settings
1106 subfolder containing the settings file.
1107 </desc>
1108 </param>
1109 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1110 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1111 </param>
1112 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1113 <desc>
1114 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1115 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1116 </desc>
1117 </param>
1118 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1119 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1120 </param>
1121 </method>
1122
1123 <method name="createLegacyMachine">
1124 <desc>
1125 Creates a new virtual machine in "legacy" mode, using the
1126 specified settings file to store machine settings.
1127
1128 As opposed to machines created by <link to="#createMachine()"/>,
1129 the settings file of the machine created in "legacy" mode
1130 is not automatically renamed when the machine name is
1131 changed -- it will always remain the same as specified in this
1132 method call.
1133
1134 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1135 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1136 VirtualBox home directory</link>. If the file name doesn't
1137 contain an extension, the default extension (.xml) will be
1138 appended.
1139
1140 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1141 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1142 empty or null UUID.
1143
1144 Note that the configuration of the newly created machine is not
1145 saved to disk (and therefore no settings file is created)
1146 until <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. If the
1147 specified settings file already exists,
1148 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> will return an error.
1149
1150 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1151 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1152 description for more details about the machine name.
1153
1154 The created machine remains
1155 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1156
1157 @deprecated This method may be removed later. It is better
1158 to use <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>.
1159
1160 <note>
1161 There is no way to change the name of the settings file
1162 of the created machine.
1163 </note>
1164 </desc>
1165 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1166 <desc>
1167 Name of the file where to store machine settings.
1168 </desc>
1169 </param>
1170 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1171 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1172 </param>
1173 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1174 <desc>
1175 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1176 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1177 </desc>
1178 </param>
1179 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1180 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1181 </param>
1182 </method>
1183
1184 <method name="openMachine">
1185 <desc>
1186 Opens a virtual machine from the existing settings file.
1187 The opened machine remains unregistered until you call
1188 <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1189
1190 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1191 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1192 VirtualBox home directory</link>. This file must exist
1193 and must be a valid machine settings file whose contents
1194 will be used to construct the machine object.
1195
1196 @deprecated Will be removed soon.
1197 </desc>
1198 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1199 <desc>
1200 Name of the machine settings file.
1201 </desc>
1202 </param>
1203 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1204 <desc>Opened machine object.</desc>
1205 </param>
1206 <note>
1207 <link to="IMachine::settingsModified"/> will return
1208 false for the created machine, until any of machine settigs
1209 are changed.
1210 </note>
1211 </method>
1212
1213 <method name="registerMachine">
1214 <desc>
1215
1216 Registers the machine previously created using
1217 <link to="#createMachine()"/> or opened using
1218 <link to="#openMachine()"/> within this VirtualBox installation. After
1219 successful method invocation, the
1220 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1221 to all registered callbacks.
1222
1223 <note>
1224 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/>
1225 to save all current machine settings before registering it.
1226 </note>
1227
1228 </desc>
1229 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
1230 </method>
1231
1232 <method name="getMachine">
1233 <desc>
1234 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its UUID.
1235 To look up a machine by name, use <link to="IVirtualBox::findMachine" /> instead.
1236 </desc>
1237 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
1238 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1239 </method>
1240
1241 <method name="findMachine">
1242 <desc>
1243 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its name.
1244 To look up a machine by UUID, use <link to="IVirtualBox::getMachine" /> instead.
1245 </desc>
1246 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1247 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1248 </method>
1249
1250 <method name="unregisterMachine">
1251 <desc>
1252
1253 Unregisters the machine previously registered using
1254 <link to="#registerMachine"/>. After successful method invocation, the
1255 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1256 to all registered callbacks.
1257
1258 <note>
1259 The specified machine must not be in the Saved state, have an open
1260 (or a spawning) direct session associated with it, have snapshots or
1261 have hard disks attached.
1262 </note>
1263
1264 <note>
1265 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/> to
1266 save all current machine settings before unregistering it.
1267 </note>
1268
1269 <note>
1270 If the given machine is inaccessible (see
1271 <link to="IMachine::accessible"/>), it will be unregistered and
1272 fully uninitialized right afterwards. As a result, the returned
1273 machine object will be unusable and an attempt to call
1274 <b>any</b> method will return the "Object not ready" error.
1275 </note>
1276
1277 </desc>
1278 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1279 <desc>UUID of the machine to unregister.</desc>
1280 </param>
1281 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1282 <desc>Unregistered machine object.</desc>
1283 </param>
1284 </method>
1285
1286 <method name="createHardDisk">
1287 <desc>
1288
1289 Creates a new unregistered hard disk that will use the given
1290 storage type.
1291
1292 Most properties of the created hard disk object are
1293 uninitialized. Valid values must be assigned to them (and probalby
1294 some actions performed) to make the actual usage of this hard disk
1295 (<link to="#registerHardDisk()">register</link>, attach to a virtual
1296 machine, etc.). See the description of <link to="IHardDisk"/> and
1297 descriptions of storage type specific interfaces for more information.
1298
1299 <note>
1300 For hard disks using
1301 the <link
1302 to="HardDiskStorageType::VirtualDiskImage">VirtualDiskImage</link>
1303 storage type, an image file is not actually created until you call
1304 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createDynamicImage()"/> or
1305 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createFixedImage()"/>.
1306 </note>
1307
1308 </desc>
1309
1310 <param name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" dir="in">
1311 <desc>Storage type of the hard disk image to create.</desc>
1312 </param>
1313 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1314 <desc>Created hard disk object of the given storage type.</desc>
1315 </param>
1316
1317 </method>
1318
1319 <method name="openHardDisk">
1320 <desc>
1321
1322 Opens a hard disk from an existing location.
1323
1324 This method tries to guess the
1325 <link to="HardDiskStorageType">hard disk storage type</link> from the
1326 format of the location string and from the contents of the resource the
1327 location points to. Currently, a <i>file path</i> is the only
1328 supported format for the location string which must point to either a
1329 VDI file or to a VMDK file. On success, an IHardDisk object will be
1330 returned that also implements the corresponding interface
1331 (IVirtualDiskImage or IVMDKImage, respectively). The
1332 <link to="IHardDisk::storageType"/> property may also be used to
1333 determine the storage type of the returned object (instead of trying
1334 to query one of these interfaces).
1335
1336 <note>
1337 The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or relative to
1338 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">VirtualBox home
1339 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
1340 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
1341 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
1342 </note>
1343
1344 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1345 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1346
1347 </desc>
1348
1349 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1350 <desc>
1351 Location of the resource that contains a valid hard disk.
1352 </desc>
1353 </param>
1354 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1355 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1356 </param>
1357 </method>
1358
1359 <method name="openVirtualDiskImage">
1360 <desc>
1361
1362 Opens a hard disk from an existing Virtual Disk Image file.
1363 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1364 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1365
1366 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> instead.
1367
1368 <note>Opening differencing images is not supported.</note>
1369
1370 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1371 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1372 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1373 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1374 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1375 file.</note>
1376
1377 </desc>
1378
1379 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1380 <desc>
1381 Name of the file that contains a valid Virtual Disk Image.
1382 </desc>
1383 </param>
1384 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1385 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1386 </param>
1387 </method>
1388
1389 <method name="registerHardDisk">
1390 <desc>
1391
1392 Registers the given hard disk within this VirtualBox
1393 installation. The hard disk must not be registered, must be
1394 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible"/> and must not be a
1395 differencing hard disk, otherwise the registration will fail.
1396
1397 </desc>
1398 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="in">
1399 <desc>Hard disk object to register.</desc>
1400 </param>
1401 </method>
1402
1403 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
1404 <desc>
1405 Returns the registered hard disk with the given UUID.
1406 </desc>
1407 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1408 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to look for.</desc>
1409 </param>
1410 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1411 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1412 </param>
1413 </method>
1414
1415 <method name="findHardDisk">
1416 <desc>
1417
1418 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given location to
1419 store data. The search is done by comparing the
1420 value of the @a location argument to the
1421 <link to="IHardDisk::location"/> attribute of each registered
1422 hard disk.
1423
1424 For locations repesented by file paths (such as VDI and VMDK
1425 images), the specified location can be either an absolute file
1426 path or a path relative to
1427 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
1428 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1429 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1430 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to construct
1431 the absolute image file name to search for. Note that on host
1432 systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case sensitive
1433 comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols in the
1434 file path is ignored.
1435
1436 </desc>
1437 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1438 <desc>Hard disk location specification to search for.</desc>
1439 </param>
1440 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1441 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1442 </param>
1443 </method>
1444
1445 <method name="findVirtualDiskImage">
1446 <desc>
1447
1448 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given image file.
1449
1450 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::findHardDisk()"/> instead.
1451
1452 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1453 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1454 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1455 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1456 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1457 file.</note>
1458
1459 <note>On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1460 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols
1461 in the file path is ignored.</note>
1462
1463 </desc>
1464 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1465 <desc>Virtual Disk Image file path to look for.</desc>
1466 </param>
1467 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1468 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1469 </param>
1470 </method>
1471
1472 <method name="unregisterHardDisk">
1473 <desc>
1474 Unregisters a hard disk previously registered using
1475 <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/>.
1476 <note>
1477 The specified hard disk must not be attached to any of
1478 the existing virtual machines and must not have children
1479 (differencing) hard disks.
1480 </note>
1481 </desc>
1482 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1483 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to unregister.</desc>
1484 </param>
1485 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1486 <desc>Unregistered hard disk object.</desc>
1487 </param>
1488 </method>
1489
1490 <method name="openDVDImage">
1491 <desc>
1492 Opens the CD/DVD image contained in the specified file of
1493 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1494 image remains unregistered
1495 until <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/> is called.
1496 </desc>
1497 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1498 <desc>
1499 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1500 CD/DVD image. Currently, only ISO images are supported.
1501 <note>
1502 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1503 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1504 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1505 </note>
1506 </desc>
1507 </param>
1508 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1509 <desc>
1510 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1511 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1512 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1513 </desc>
1514 </param>
1515 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1516 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1517 </param>
1518 </method>
1519
1520 <method name="registerDVDImage">
1521 <desc>
1522 Registers a CD/DVD image within this VirtualBox
1523 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1524 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1525 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1526 </desc>
1527 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="in">
1528 <desc>CD/DVD image object to register.</desc>
1529 </param>
1530 </method>
1531
1532 <method name="getDVDImage">
1533 <desc>
1534 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given UUID.
1535 </desc>
1536 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1537 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1538 </param>
1539 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1540 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1541 </param>
1542 </method>
1543
1544 <method name="findDVDImage">
1545 <desc>
1546 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given image file.
1547 <note>
1548 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1549 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1550 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1551 </note>
1552 </desc>
1553 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1554 <desc>CD/DVD image file path to look for.</desc>
1555 </param>
1556 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1557 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1558 </param>
1559 </method>
1560
1561 <method name="getDVDImageUsage">
1562 <desc>
1563 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1564 the given CD/DVD image.
1565 </desc>
1566 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1567 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1568 </param>
1569 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1570 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1571 </param>
1572 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1573 <desc>
1574 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1575 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1576 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1577 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1578 <note>
1579 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1580 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1581 will be present only once in the list.
1582 </note>
1583 </desc>
1584 </param>
1585 </method>
1586
1587 <method name="unregisterDVDImage">
1588 <desc>
1589 Unregisters the CD/DVD image previously registered using
1590 <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/>.
1591 <note>
1592 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1593 the existing virtual machines.
1594 </note>
1595 </desc>
1596 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1597 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image to unregister.</desc>
1598 </param>
1599 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1600 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1601 </param>
1602 </method>
1603
1604 <method name="openFloppyImage">
1605 <desc>
1606 Opens a floppy image contained in the specified file of
1607 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1608 image remains unregistered
1609 until <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/> is called.
1610 </desc>
1611 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1612 <desc>
1613 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1614 floppy image.
1615 <note>
1616 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1617 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1618 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1619 </note>
1620 </desc>
1621 </param>
1622 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1623 <desc>
1624 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1625 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1626 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1627 </desc>
1628 </param>
1629 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1630 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1631 </param>
1632 </method>
1633
1634 <method name="registerFloppyImage">
1635 <desc>
1636 Registers a floppy image within this VirtualBox
1637 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1638 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1639 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1640 </desc>
1641 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="in">
1642 <desc>Floppy image object to register.</desc>
1643 </param>
1644 </method>
1645
1646 <method name="getFloppyImage">
1647 <desc>
1648 Returns a registered floppy image with the given UUID.
1649 </desc>
1650 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1651 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1652 </param>
1653 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1654 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1655 </param>
1656 </method>
1657
1658 <method name="findFloppyImage">
1659 <desc>
1660 Returns a registered floppy image with the given image file.
1661 <note>
1662 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1663 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1664 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1665 </note>
1666 </desc>
1667 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1668 <desc>Floppy image file path to look for.</desc>
1669 </param>
1670 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1671 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1672 </param>
1673 </method>
1674
1675 <method name="getFloppyImageUsage">
1676 <desc>
1677 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1678 the given floppy image.
1679 </desc>
1680 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1681 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1682 </param>
1683 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1684 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1685 </param>
1686 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1687 <desc>
1688 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1689 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1690 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1691 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1692 <note>
1693 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1694 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1695 will be present only once in the list.
1696 </note>
1697 </desc>
1698 </param>
1699 </method>
1700
1701 <method name="unregisterFloppyImage">
1702 <desc>
1703 Unregisters the floppy image previously registered using
1704 <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/>.
1705 <note>
1706 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1707 the existing virtual machines.
1708 </note>
1709 </desc>
1710 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1711 <desc>UUID of the floppy image to unregister.</desc>
1712 </param>
1713 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1714 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1715 </param>
1716 </method>
1717
1718 <method name="getGuestOSType">
1719 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1720 <param name="type" type="IGuestOSType" dir="return"/>
1721 </method>
1722
1723 <method name="createSharedFolder">
1724 <desc>
1725 Creates a new global shared folder by associating the given logical
1726 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
1727 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
1728 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
1729 </desc>
1730 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1731 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
1732 </param>
1733 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1734 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
1735 </param>
1736 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
1737 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
1738 </param>
1739 </method>
1740
1741 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
1742 <desc>
1743 Removes the global shared folder with the given name previously
1744 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
1745 shared folders and stops sharing it.
1746 </desc>
1747 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1748 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
1749 </param>
1750 </method>
1751
1752 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
1753 <desc>
1754 Returns the global extra data key name following the supplied key.
1755
1756 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
1757 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
1758 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
1759 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
1760 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
1761 </desc>
1762 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1763 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
1764 </param>
1765 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
1766 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
1767 </param>
1768 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
1769 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
1770 </param>
1771 </method>
1772
1773 <method name="getExtraData">
1774 <desc>
1775 Returns associated global extra data.
1776
1777 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
1778 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
1779 </desc>
1780 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1781 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
1782 </param>
1783 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
1784 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
1785 </param>
1786 </method>
1787
1788 <method name="setExtraData">
1789 <desc>
1790 Sets associated global extra data.
1791
1792 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
1793 deleted.
1794
1795 <note>
1796 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
1797 registered callbacks using the
1798 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
1799 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
1800 new value, the change will not be performed.
1801 </note>
1802 <note>
1803 On success, the
1804 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
1805 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
1806 change.
1807 </note>
1808 </desc>
1809 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1810 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
1811 </param>
1812 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
1813 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
1814 </param>
1815 </method>
1816
1817 <method name="openSession">
1818 <desc>
1819 Opens a new direct session with the given virtual machine.
1820
1821 Within the direct session context, it is possible to change
1822 all VM settings, as well as to execute the VM in the process
1823 space of the session object. There can be only one direct
1824 session open at a time for every virtual machine. In VirtualBox
1825 terminology, the machine becomes "mutable" after a session has
1826 been opened.
1827
1828 Upon successful return, the session object can be used to
1829 get access to the machine and to the VM console.
1830
1831 Note that the "mutable" machine object, on which you may want
1832 to invoke IMachine methods to change its settings, will be a
1833 different object from the immutable IMachine objects returned
1834 by various IVirtualBox methods. To obtain a mutable
1835 IMachine object, upon which you can invoke settings methods,
1836 use the "machine" attribute of the ISession object which represents
1837 your open session.
1838
1839 In other words, to change settings on a machine, the following
1840 sequence is typically performed:
1841
1842 <ol>
1843 <li>Call this method (openSession) to have a machine locked for
1844 the current session.</li>
1845
1846 <li>Obtain a mutable IMachine object from ISession::machine.</li>
1847
1848 <li>Change the settings of the machine.</li>
1849
1850 <li>Call IMachine::saveSettings.</li>
1851
1852 <li>Close the session by calling <link to="#close" />.</li>
1853 </ol>
1854 </desc>
1855 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1856 <desc>
1857 Session object that will represent the opened session after
1858 successful method invocation. This object must not represent
1859 the already open session.
1860 <note>
1861 This session will be automatically closed if the
1862 VirtualBox server is terminated for some reason.
1863 </note>
1864 </desc>
1865 </param>
1866 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1867 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1868 </param>
1869 </method>
1870
1871 <method name="openRemoteSession">
1872 <desc>
1873 Opens a new remote session with the given virtual
1874 machine.
1875
1876 Opening a remote session causes the VirtualBox server to start a new
1877 process that opens a direct session with the given VM. The remote
1878 session provides some level of control over the VM execution to the
1879 caller (using the IConsole interface); however, within the remote
1880 session context, not all VM settings are available for modification.
1881
1882 This operation can take some time, so the progress object
1883 is returned to let the caller be informed when the session is
1884 actually open. Until then, the remote session object remains in
1885 the closed state and accessing the machine or its console through
1886 it is invalid.
1887
1888 Currently supported session types (values of the @a type
1889 argument) are:
1890 <ul>
1891 <li><tt>gui</tt>: VirtualBox Qt GUI session</li>
1892 <li><tt>vrdp</tt>: VirtualBox VRDP Server session</li>
1893 </ul>
1894
1895 The @a environment argument is a string containing definitions of
1896 environment variables in the following format:
1897 @code
1898 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1899 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1900 ...
1901 @endcode
1902 where <tt>\\n</tt> is the new line character. These environment
1903 variables will be appended to the environment of the VirtualBox server
1904 process. If an environment variable exists both in the server process
1905 and in this list, the value from this list takes precedence over the
1906 server's variable. If the value of the environment variable is
1907 omitted, this variable will be removed from the resulting environment.
1908 If the environment string is @c null, the server environment is
1909 inherited by the started process as is.
1910
1911 <note>
1912 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine
1913 that already has an open direct session or waits until the
1914 previous request to open the remote session is completed
1915 (see <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>).
1916 </note>
1917
1918 <note>
1919 The opened @a session will be automatically closed when
1920 the corresponding direct session dies or gets closed.
1921 </note>
1922
1923 <see>openExistingSession</see>
1924 </desc>
1925 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1926 <desc>
1927 Session object that will represent the opened remote session
1928 after successful method invocation (this object must not
1929 represent an already open session).
1930 </desc>
1931 </param>
1932 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1933 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1934 </param>
1935 <param name="type" type="wstring" dir="in">
1936 <desc>
1937 Type of the remote session (case sensitive).
1938 </desc>
1939 </param>
1940 <param name="environment" type="wstring" dir="in">
1941 <desc>
1942 Environment to pass to the opened session (may be @c null).
1943 </desc>
1944 </param>
1945 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
1946 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
1947 </param>
1948 </method>
1949
1950 <method name="openExistingSession">
1951 <desc>
1952 Opens a new remote session with the virtual machine for
1953 which a direct session is already open.
1954
1955 The remote session provides some level of control over the VM
1956 execution (using the IConsole interface) to the caller; however,
1957 within the remote session context, not all VM settings are available
1958 for modification.
1959
1960 As opposed to <link to="#openRemoteSession()"/>, the number of
1961 remote sessions opened this way is not limited by the API
1962
1963 <note>
1964 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine that
1965 doesn't have an open direct session.
1966 </note>
1967
1968 <see>openRemoteSession</see>
1969 </desc>
1970 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1971 <desc>
1972 Session object that will represent the open remote session
1973 after successful method invocation. This object must not
1974 represent an already open session.
1975 <note>
1976 This session will be automatically closed when the peer
1977 (direct) session dies or gets closed.
1978 </note>
1979 </desc>
1980 </param>
1981 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1982 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1983 </param>
1984 </method>
1985
1986 <method name="registerCallback">
1987 <desc>
1988 Registers a new global VirtualBox callback. The methods of the given
1989 callback object will be called by VirtualBox when an appropriate
1990 event occurs.
1991 </desc>
1992 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
1993 <desc>Callback object to register.</desc>
1994 </param>
1995 </method>
1996
1997 <method name="unregisterCallback">
1998 <desc>
1999 Unregisters the previously registered global VirtualBox callback.
2000 </desc>
2001 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
2002 <desc>Callback object to unregister.</desc>
2003 </param>
2004 </method>
2005
2006 <method name="waitForPropertyChange">
2007 <desc>
2008 Blocks the caller until any of the properties represented by the @a
2009 what argument changes the value or until the given timeout interval
2010 expires.
2011
2012 The @a what argument is a comma separated list of propertiy masks that
2013 describe properties the caller is interested in. The property mask is
2014 a string in the following format:
2015
2016 @code
2017 [[group.]subgroup.]name
2018 @endcode
2019
2020 where @c name is the property name and @c group, @c subgroup are zero
2021 or or more property group specifiers. Each element (group or name) in
2022 the property mask may be either a latin string or an asterisk symbol
2023 (@c "*") which is used to match any string for the given element. A
2024 property mask that doesn't contain asterisk symbols represents a
2025 single fully qualified property name.
2026
2027 Groups in the fully qualified property name go from more generic (the
2028 left-most part) to more specific (the right-most part). The first
2029 element is usually a name of the object the property belongs to. The
2030 second element may be either a property name, or a child object name,
2031 or an index if the preceeding element names an object which is one of
2032 many objects of the same type. This way, property names form a
2033 hierarchy of properties. Here are some examples of property names:
2034
2035 <table>
2036 <tr>
2037 <td><tt>VirtualBox.version</tt></td>
2038 <td><link to="IVirtualBox::version"/> property</td>
2039 </tr>
2040 <tr>
2041 <td><tt>Machine.&lt;UUID&gt;.name</tt></td>
2042 <td><link to="IMachine::name"/> property of the machine with the
2043 given UUID</td>
2044 </tr>
2045 </table>
2046
2047 Most property names directly correspond to the properties of objects
2048 (components) provided by the VirtualBox library and may be used to
2049 track changes to these properties. However, there may be
2050 pseudo-property names that don't correspond to any existing object's
2051 property directly, as well as there may be object properties that
2052 don't have a corresponding property name that is understood by this
2053 method, and therefore changes to such properties cannot be
2054 tracked. See individual object's property descrcriptions to get a
2055 fully qualified property name that can be used with this method (if
2056 any).
2057
2058 There is a special property mask @c "*" (i.e. a string consisting of a
2059 single asterisk symbol) that can be used to match all properties.
2060 Below are more examples of property masks:
2061
2062 <table>
2063 <tr>
2064 <td><tt>VirtualBox.*</tt></td>
2065 <td>Track all properties of the VirtualBox object</td>
2066 </tr>
2067 <tr>
2068 <td><tt>Machine.*.name</tt></td>
2069 <td>Track changes to the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property of
2070 all registered virtual machines</td>
2071 </tr>
2072 </table>
2073
2074 </desc>
2075 <param name="what" type="wstring" dir="in">
2076 <desc>Comma separated list of property masks.</desc>
2077 </param>
2078 <param name="timeout" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2079 <desc>
2080 Wait timeout in milliseconds.
2081 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
2082 </desc>
2083 </param>
2084 <param name="changed" type="wstring" dir="out">
2085 <desc>
2086 Comma separated list of properties that have been changed and caused
2087 this method to return to the caller.
2088 </desc>
2089 </param>
2090 <param name="values" type="wstring" dir="out">
2091 <desc>Reserved, not currently used.</desc>
2092 </param>
2093 </method>
2094
2095 <method name="saveSettings">
2096 <desc>
2097 Saves the global settings to the global settings file
2098 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2099
2100 This method is only useful for explicitly saving the global settings
2101 file after it has been auto-converted from the old format to the most
2102 recent format (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for details).
2103 Normally, the global settings file is implicitly saved when a global
2104 setting is changed.
2105 </desc>
2106 </method>
2107
2108 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
2109 <desc>
2110 Creates a backup copy of the global settings file
2111 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then
2112 calls <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
2113
2114 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
2115 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
2116 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
2117 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
2118
2119 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
2120 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
2121 <pre>
2122 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
2123 </pre>
2124 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
2125 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
2126 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
2127
2128 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
2129 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
2130 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
2131 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
2132 failure.
2133
2134 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
2135 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
2136 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
2137 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
2138 copy operation, fails.
2139
2140 <note>
2141 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
2142 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
2143 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
2144 settings conversion to disk.
2145 </note>
2146
2147 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
2148 </desc>
2149 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
2150 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
2151 </param>
2152 </method>
2153
2154 </interface>
2155
2156 <!--
2157 // IMachine
2158 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2159 -->
2160
2161 <enumerator
2162 name="IMachineEnumerator" type="IMachine"
2163 uuid="1b554149-be0a-4465-9252-9ff8f420af55"
2164 />
2165
2166 <collection
2167 name="IMachineCollection" type="IMachine" enumerator="IMachineEnumerator"
2168 uuid="FD443EC1-3007-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
2169 readonly="yes"
2170 />
2171
2172 <interface
2173 name="IInternalMachineControl" extends="$unknown"
2174 uuid="1063893c-4c38-4304-aee9-73e072c181cc"
2175 internal="yes"
2176 wsmap="suppress"
2177 >
2178 <method name="updateState">
2179 <desc>
2180 Updates the VM state.
2181 <note>
2182 This operation will also update the settings file with
2183 the correct information about the saved state file
2184 and delete this file from disk when appropriate.
2185 </note>
2186 </desc>
2187 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
2188 </method>
2189
2190 <method name="getIPCId">
2191 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
2192 </method>
2193
2194 <method name="runUSBDeviceFilters">
2195 <desc>
2196 Asks the server to run USB devices filters of the associated
2197 machine against the given USB device and tell if there is
2198 a match.
2199 <note>
2200 Intended to be used only for remote USB devices. Local
2201 ones don't require to call this method (this is done
2202 implicitly by the Host and USBProxyService).
2203 </note>
2204 </desc>
2205 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
2206 <param name="matched" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
2207 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="out"/>
2208 </method>
2209
2210 <method name="captureUSBDevice">
2211 <desc>
2212 Requests a capture of the given host USB device.
2213 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2214 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2215 notification.
2216 </desc>
2217 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2218 </method>
2219
2220 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
2221 <desc>
2222 Notification that a VM is going to detach (done = false) or has
2223 already detached (done = true) the given USB device.
2224 When the done = true request is completed, the VM process will
2225 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceDetach"/>
2226 notification.
2227 <note>
2228 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2229 and filters of all VMs but this one on the detached device
2230 as if it were just attached to the host computer.
2231 </note>
2232 </desc>
2233 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2234 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2235 </method>
2236
2237 <method name="autoCaptureUSBDevices">
2238 <desc>
2239 Requests a capture all matching USB devices attached to the host.
2240 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2241 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2242 notification per every captured device.
2243 </desc>
2244 </method>
2245
2246 <method name="detachAllUSBDevices">
2247 <desc>
2248 Notification that a VM that is being powered down. The done
2249 parameter indicates whether which stage of the power down
2250 we're at. When done = false the VM is announcing its
2251 intentions, while when done = true the VM is reporting
2252 what it has done.
2253 <note>
2254 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2255 and filters of all VMs but this one on all detach devices as
2256 if they were just attached to the host computer.
2257 </note>
2258 </desc>
2259 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2260 </method>
2261
2262 <method name="onSessionEnd">
2263 <desc>
2264 Triggered by the given session object when the session is about
2265 to close normally.
2266 </desc>
2267 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
2268 <desc>Session that is being closed</desc>
2269 </param>
2270 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2271 <desc>
2272 Used to wait until the corresponding machine is actually
2273 deassociated from the given session on the server.
2274 Returned only when this session is a direct one.
2275 </desc>
2276 </param>
2277 </method>
2278
2279 <method name="beginSavingState">
2280 <desc>
2281 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2282 save the current state and stop the VM execution.
2283 </desc>
2284 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2285 <desc>
2286 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2287 the state is saved.
2288 </desc>
2289 </param>
2290 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2291 <desc>
2292 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2293 </desc>
2294 </param>
2295 </method>
2296
2297 <method name="endSavingState">
2298 <desc>
2299 Called by the VM process to inform the server that saving
2300 the state previously requested by #beginSavingState is either
2301 successfully finished or there was a failure.
2302 </desc>
2303
2304 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2305 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2306 </param>
2307 </method>
2308
2309 <method name="adoptSavedState">
2310 <desc>
2311 Gets called by IConsole::adoptSavedState.
2312 </desc>
2313 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
2314 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
2315 </param>
2316 </method>
2317
2318 <method name="beginTakingSnapshot">
2319 <desc>
2320 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2321 take a snapshot.
2322 </desc>
2323 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2324 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2325 </param>
2326 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
2327 <desc>Snapshot name</desc>
2328 </param>
2329 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
2330 <desc>Snapshot description</desc>
2331 </param>
2332 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2333 <desc>
2334 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2335 the state is saved (only for online snapshots).
2336 </desc>
2337 </param>
2338 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2339 <desc>
2340 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2341 </desc>
2342 </param>
2343 <param name="serverProgress" type="IProgress" dir="out">
2344 <desc>
2345 Progress object created by the server process to wait until
2346 the snapshot is taken (VDI diff creation, etc.).
2347 </desc>
2348 </param>
2349 </method>
2350
2351 <method name="endTakingSnapshot">
2352 <desc>
2353 Called by the VM process to inform the server that the snapshot
2354 previously requested by #beginTakingSnapshot is either
2355 successfully taken or there was a failure.
2356 </desc>
2357
2358 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2359 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2360 </param>
2361 </method>
2362
2363 <method name="discardSnapshot">
2364 <desc>
2365 Gets called by IConsole::discardSnapshot.
2366 </desc>
2367 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2368 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2369 </param>
2370 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
2371 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
2372 </param>
2373 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2374 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2375 </param>
2376 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2377 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2378 </param>
2379 </method>
2380
2381 <method name="discardCurrentState">
2382 <desc>
2383 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentState.
2384 </desc>
2385 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2386 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2387 </param>
2388 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2389 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2390 </param>
2391 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2392 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2393 </param>
2394 </method>
2395
2396 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
2397 <desc>
2398 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState.
2399 </desc>
2400 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2401 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2402 </param>
2403 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2404 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2405 </param>
2406 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2407 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2408 </param>
2409 </method>
2410
2411 </interface>
2412
2413 <interface
2414 name="IBIOSSettings" extends="$unknown"
2415 uuid="38b54279-dc35-4f5e-a431-835b867c6b5e"
2416 wsmap="struct"
2417 >
2418 <desc>
2419 The IBIOSSettings interface represents BIOS settings of the virtual
2420 machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::BIOSSettings" />.
2421 </desc>
2422 <attribute name="logoFadeIn" type="boolean">
2423 <desc>Fade in flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2424 </attribute>
2425
2426 <attribute name="logoFadeOut" type="boolean">
2427 <desc>Fade out flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2428 </attribute>
2429
2430 <attribute name="logoDisplayTime" type="unsigned long">
2431 <desc>BIOS logo display time in milliseconds (0 = default).</desc>
2432 </attribute>
2433
2434 <attribute name="logoImagePath" type="wstring">
2435 <desc>Local file system path for external BIOS image.</desc>
2436 </attribute>
2437
2438 <attribute name="bootMenuMode" type="BIOSBootMenuMode">
2439 <desc>Mode of the BIOS boot device menu.</desc>
2440 </attribute>
2441
2442 <attribute name="ACPIEnabled" type="boolean">
2443 <desc>ACPI support flag.</desc>
2444 </attribute>
2445
2446 <attribute name="IOAPICEnabled" type="boolean">
2447 <desc>
2448 IO APIC support flag. If set, VirtualBox will provide an IO APIC
2449 and support IRQs above 15.
2450 </desc>
2451 </attribute>
2452
2453 <attribute name="timeOffset" type="long long">
2454 <desc>
2455 Offset in milliseconds from the host system time. This allows for
2456 guests running with a different system date/time than the host.
2457 It is equivalent to setting the system date/time in the BIOS other
2458 than it's not an absolute value but a relative one. Guest Additions
2459 time synchronization also honors this offset.
2460 </desc>
2461 </attribute>
2462
2463 <attribute name="PXEDebugEnabled" type="boolean">
2464 <desc>
2465 PXE debug logging flag. If set, VirtualBox will write extensive
2466 PXE trace information to the release log.
2467 </desc>
2468 </attribute>
2469
2470 <attribute name="IDEControllerType" type="IDEControllerType">
2471 <desc>
2472 Type of the virtual IDE controller. Depending on this value,
2473 VirtualBox will provide different virtual IDE hardware
2474 devices to the guest.
2475 </desc>
2476 </attribute>
2477
2478 </interface>
2479
2480 <interface
2481 name="IMachine" extends="$unknown"
2482 uuid="4f6b4977-95fd-40b1-8391-fc165c040635"
2483 wsmap="managed"
2484 >
2485 <desc>
2486 The IMachine interface represents a virtual machine, or guest, created
2487 in VirtualBox.
2488
2489 This interface is used in two contexts. First of all, a collection of
2490 objects implementing this interface is stored in the
2491 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute which lists all the virtual
2492 machines that are currently registered with this VirtualBox
2493 installation. Also, once a session has been opened for the given virtual
2494 machine (e.g. the virtual machine is running), the machine object
2495 associated with the open session can be queried from the session object;
2496 see <link to="ISession"/> for details.
2497
2498 The main role of this interface is to expose the settings of the virtual
2499 machine and provide methods to change various aspects of the virtual
2500 machine's configuration. For machine objects stored in the
2501 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> collection, all attributes are
2502 read-only unless explicitely stated otherwise in individual attribute
2503 and method descriptions. In order to change a machine setting, a session
2504 for this machine must be opened using one of
2505 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
2506 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
2507 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods. After the
2508 session has been successfully opened, a mutable machine object needs to
2509 be queried from the session object and then the desired settings changes
2510 can be applied to the returned object using IMachine attributes and
2511 methods. See the ISession interface description for more information
2512 about sessions.
2513
2514 Note that the IMachine interface does not provide methods to control
2515 virtual machine execution (such as start the machine, or power it
2516 down) -- these methods are grouped in a separate IConsole
2517 interface. Refer to the IConsole interface description to get more
2518 information about this topic.
2519
2520 <see>ISession, IConsole</see>
2521 </desc>
2522
2523 <attribute name="parent" type="IVirtualBox" readonly="yes">
2524 <desc>Associated parent obect.</desc>
2525 </attribute>
2526
2527 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2528 <desc>
2529 Whether this virtual machine is currently accessible or not.
2530
2531 The machine is considered to be inaccessible when:
2532 <ul>
2533 <li>It is a registered virtual machine, and
2534 </li>
2535 <li>Its settings file is inaccessible (for example, it is
2536 located on a network share that is not accessible during
2537 VirtualBox startup, or becomes inaccessible later, or if
2538 the settings file can be read but is invalid).
2539 </li>
2540 </ul>
2541
2542 Otherwise, the value of this property is always <tt>true</tt>.
2543
2544 Every time this property is read, the accessibility state of
2545 this machine is re-evaluated. If the returned value is |false|,
2546 the <link to="#accessError"/> property may be used to get the
2547 detailed error information describing the reason of
2548 inaccessibility.
2549
2550 When the machine is inaccessible, only the following properties
2551 can be used on it:
2552 <ul>
2553 <li><link to="#parent"/></li>
2554 <li><link to="#id"/></li>
2555 <li><link to="#settingsFilePath"/></li>
2556 <li><link to="#accessible"/></li>
2557 <li><link to="#accessError"/></li>
2558 </ul>
2559
2560 An attempt to access any other property or method will return
2561 an error.
2562
2563 The only possible action you can perform on an inaccessible
2564 machine is to unregister it using the
2565 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/> call (or, to check
2566 for the accessibility state once more by querying this
2567 property).
2568
2569 <note>
2570 In the current implementation, once this property returns
2571 <tt>true</tt>, the machine will never become inaccessible
2572 later, even if its settings file cannot be successfully
2573 read/written any more (at least, until the VirtualBox
2574 server is restarted). This limitation may be removed in
2575 future releases.
2576 </note>
2577 </desc>
2578 </attribute>
2579
2580 <attribute name="accessError" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
2581 <desc>
2582 Error information describing the reason of machine
2583 inaccessibility.
2584
2585 Reading this property is only valid after the last call to
2586 <link to="#accessible"/> returned <tt>false</tt> (i.e. the
2587 machine is currently unaccessible). Otherwise, a null
2588 IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object will be returned.
2589 </desc>
2590 </attribute>
2591
2592 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
2593 <desc>
2594 Name of the virtual machine.
2595
2596 Besides being used for human-readable identification purposes
2597 everywhere in VirtualBox, the virtual machine name is also used
2598 as a name of the machine's settings file and as a name of the
2599 subdirectory this settings file resides in. Thus, every time you
2600 change the value of this property, the settings file will be
2601 renamed once you call <link to="#saveSettings()"/> to confirm the
2602 change. The containing subdirectory will be also renamed, but
2603 only if it has exactly the same name as the settings file
2604 itself prior to changing this property (for backward compatibility
2605 with previous API releases). The above implies the following
2606 limitations:
2607 <ul>
2608 <li>The machine name cannot be empty.</li>
2609 <li>The machine name can contain only characters that are valid
2610 file name characters according to the rules of the file
2611 system used to store VirtualBox configuration.</li>
2612 <li>You cannot have two or more machines with the same name
2613 if they use the same subdirectory for storing the machine
2614 settings files.</li>
2615 <li>You cannot change the name of the machine if it is running,
2616 or if any file in the directory containing the settings file
2617 is being used by another running machine or by any other
2618 process in the host operating system at a time when
2619 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called.
2620 </li>
2621 </ul>
2622 If any of the above limitations are hit, <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2623 will return an appropriate error message explaining the exact
2624 reason and the changes you made to this machine will not be
2625 saved.
2626 <note>
2627 For "legacy" machines created using the
2628 <link to="IVirtualBox::createLegacyMachine()"/> call,
2629 the above naming limitations do not apply because the
2630 machine name does not affect the settings file name.
2631 The settings file name remains the same as it was specified
2632 during machine creation and never changes.
2633 </note>
2634 </desc>
2635 </attribute>
2636
2637 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
2638 <desc>
2639 Description of the virtual machine.
2640
2641 The description attribute can contain any text and is
2642 typically used to describe the hardware and software
2643 configuration of the virtual machine in detail (i.e. network
2644 settings, versions of the installed software and so on).
2645 </desc>
2646 </attribute>
2647
2648 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
2649 <desc>UUID of the virtual machine.</desc>
2650 </attribute>
2651
2652 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring">
2653 <desc>
2654 User-defined identifier of the Guest OS type.
2655 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
2656 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
2657 Guest OS type.
2658 <note>
2659 This value may differ from the value returned by
2660 <link to="IGuest::OSTypeId"/> if Guest Additions are
2661 installed to the guest OS.
2662 </note>
2663 </desc>
2664 </attribute>
2665
2666 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long">
2667 <desc>System memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2668 </attribute>
2669
2670 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
2671 <desc>Initial memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
2672 </attribute>
2673
2674 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
2675 <desc>Initial interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
2676 </attribute>
2677
2678 <attribute name="VRAMSize" type="unsigned long">
2679 <desc>Video memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2680 </attribute>
2681
2682 <attribute name="MonitorCount" type="unsigned long">
2683 <desc>
2684 Number of virtual monitors.
2685 <note>
2686 Only effective on Windows XP and later guests with
2687 Guest Additions installed.
2688 </note>
2689 </desc>
2690 </attribute>
2691
2692 <attribute name="BIOSSettings" type="IBIOSSettings" readonly="yes">
2693 <desc>Object containing all BIOS settings.</desc>
2694 </attribute>
2695
2696 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="TSBool">
2697 <desc>
2698 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will try to make use of
2699 the host CPU's hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x
2700 and AMD-V. Note that in case such extensions are not available,
2701 they will not be used.
2702 </desc>
2703 </attribute>
2704
2705 <attribute name="snapshotFolder" type="wstring">
2706 <desc>
2707 Full path to the directory used to store snapshot data
2708 (difrerencing hard disks and saved state files) of this machine.
2709
2710 The initial value of this property is
2711 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="#settingsFilePath">
2712 path_to_settings_file</link><tt>&gt;/&lt;</tt>
2713 <link to="#id">machine_uuid</link>
2714 <tt>&gt;</tt>.
2715
2716 Currently, it is an error to try to change this property on
2717 a machine that has snapshots (because this would require to
2718 move possibly large files to a different location).
2719 A separate method will be available for this purpose later.
2720
2721 <note>
2722 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
2723 initial value.
2724 </note>
2725 <note>
2726 When setting this property, the specified path can be
2727 absolute (full path) or relative to the directory where the
2728 <link to="#settingsFilePath">machine settings file</link>
2729 is located. When reading this property, a full path is
2730 always returned.
2731 </note>
2732 <note>
2733 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
2734 when necessary.
2735 </note>
2736 </desc>
2737 </attribute>
2738
2739 <attribute name="VRDPServer" type="IVRDPServer" readonly="yes">
2740 <desc>VRDP server object.</desc>
2741 </attribute>
2742
2743 <attribute name="hardDiskAttachments" type="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" readonly="yes">
2744 <desc>Collection of hard disks attached to the machine.</desc>
2745 </attribute>
2746
2747 <attribute name="DVDDrive" type="IDVDDrive" readonly="yes">
2748 <desc>Associated DVD drive object.</desc>
2749 </attribute>
2750
2751 <attribute name="FloppyDrive" type="IFloppyDrive" readonly="yes">
2752 <desc>Associated floppy drive object.</desc>
2753 </attribute>
2754
2755 <attribute name="USBController" type="IUSBController" readonly="yes">
2756 <desc>
2757 Associated USB controller object.
2758
2759 <note>
2760 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
2761 </note>
2762 <note>
2763 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
2764 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
2765 </note>
2766 </desc>
2767 </attribute>
2768
2769 <attribute name="audioAdapter" type="IAudioAdapter" readonly="yes">
2770 <desc>Associated audio adapter, always present.</desc>
2771 </attribute>
2772
2773 <attribute name="SATAController" type="ISATAController" readonly="yes">
2774 <desc>
2775 Associated SATA controller object.
2776 </desc>
2777 </attribute>
2778
2779 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2780 <desc>
2781 Full name of the file containing machine settings data.
2782 </desc>
2783 </attribute>
2784
2785 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2786 <desc>
2787 Current version of the format of the settings file of this machine
2788 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2789
2790 The version string has the following format:
2791 <pre>
2792 x.y-platform
2793 </pre>
2794 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
2795 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
2796
2797 The current version usually matches the value of the
2798 <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
2799 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
2800 was a change of the settings file format since then.
2801
2802 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
2803 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
2804 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
2805 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
2806 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2807 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
2808 value of <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
2809 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
2810 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
2811
2812 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
2813 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
2814 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
2815 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
2816 etc.
2817
2818 <see>IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
2819 </desc>
2820 </attribute>
2821
2822 <attribute name="settingsModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2823 <desc>
2824 Whether the settings of this machine have been modified
2825 (but neither yet saved nor discarded).
2826 <note>
2827 Reading this property is only valid on instances returned
2828 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2829 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or opened
2830 by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
2831 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2832 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>. For all other
2833 cases, the settigs can never be modified.
2834 </note>
2835 <note>
2836 For newly created unregistered machines, the value of this
2837 property is always TRUE until <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2838 is called (no matter if any machine settings have been
2839 changed after the creation or not). For opened machines
2840 the value is set to FALSE (and then follows to normal rules).
2841 </note>
2842 </desc>
2843 </attribute>
2844
2845 <attribute name="sessionState" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
2846 <desc>Current session state for this machine.</desc>
2847 </attribute>
2848
2849 <attribute name="sessionType" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2850 <desc>
2851 Type of the session. If <link to="#sessionState"/> is
2852 SessionSpawning or SessionOpen, this attribute contains the
2853 same value as passed to the
2854 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/> method in the @a
2855 type parameter. If the session was opened directly using
2856 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>, or if
2857 <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionClosed, the value of this
2858 attribute is @c null.
2859 </desc>
2860 </attribute>
2861
2862 <attribute name="sessionPid" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2863 <desc>
2864 Identifier of the session process. This attribute contains the
2865 platform-dependent identifier of the process that has opened a
2866 direct session for this machine using the
2867 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> call. The returned value
2868 is only valid if <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionOpen or
2869 SessionClosing (i.e. a session is currently open or being
2870 closed) by the time this property is read.
2871 </desc>
2872 </attribute>
2873
2874 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
2875 <desc>Current execution state of this machine.</desc>
2876 </attribute>
2877
2878 <attribute name="lastStateChange" type="long long" readonly="yes">
2879 <desc>
2880 Time stamp of the last execution state change,
2881 in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
2882 </desc>
2883 </attribute>
2884
2885 <attribute name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2886 <desc>
2887 Full path to the file that stores the execution state of
2888 the machine when it is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/>
2889 state.
2890 <note>
2891 When the machine is not in the Saved state, this attribute
2892 <tt>null</tt>.
2893 </note>
2894 </desc>
2895 </attribute>
2896
2897 <attribute name="logFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2898 <desc>
2899 Full path to the folder that stores a set of rotated log files
2900 recorded during machine execution. The most recent log file is
2901 named <tt>VBox.log</tt>, the previous log file is
2902 named <tt>VBox.log.1</tt> and so on (upto <tt>VBox.log.3</tt>
2903 in the current version).
2904 </desc>
2905 </attribute>
2906
2907 <attribute name="currentSnapshot" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
2908 <desc>
2909 Current snapshot of this machine.
2910 <note>
2911 A <tt>null</tt> object is returned if the machine doesn't
2912 have snapshots.
2913 </note>
2914 <see><link to="ISnapshot"/></see>
2915 </desc>
2916 </attribute>
2917
2918 <attribute name="snapshotCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2919 <desc>
2920 Number of snapshots taken on this machine. Zero means the
2921 machine doesn't have any snapshots.
2922 </desc>
2923 </attribute>
2924
2925 <attribute name="currentStateModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2926 <desc>
2927 Returns <tt>true</tt> if the current state of the machine is not
2928 identical to the state stored in the current snapshot.
2929
2930 The current state is identical to the current snapshot right
2931 after one of the following calls are made:
2932 <ul>
2933 <li><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/> or
2934 <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState"/>
2935 </li>
2936 <li><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/> (issued on a
2937 powered off or saved machine, for which
2938 <link to="#settingsModified"/> returns <tt>false</tt>)
2939 </li>
2940 <li><link to="IMachine::setCurrentSnapshot"/>
2941 </li>
2942 </ul>
2943
2944 The current state remains identical until one of the following
2945 happens:
2946 <ul>
2947 <li>settings of the machine are changed</li>
2948 <li>the saved state is discarded</li>
2949 <li>the current snapshot is discarded</li>
2950 <li>an attempt to execute the machine is made</li>
2951 </ul>
2952
2953 <note>
2954 For machines that don't have snapshots, this property is
2955 always <tt>false</tt>.
2956 </note>
2957 </desc>
2958 </attribute>
2959
2960 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
2961 <desc>
2962 Collection of shared folders for this machine (permanent shared
2963 folders). These folders are shared automatically at machine startup
2964 and available only to the guest OS installed within this machine.
2965
2966 New shared folders are added to the collection using
2967 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
2968 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
2969 </desc>
2970 </attribute>
2971
2972 <attribute name="clipboardMode" type="ClipboardMode">
2973 <desc>
2974 Synchronization mode between the host OS clipboard
2975 and the guest OS clipboard.
2976 </desc>
2977 </attribute>
2978
2979 <method name="setBootOrder">
2980 <desc>
2981 Puts the given device to the specified position in
2982 the boot order.
2983
2984 To indicate that no device is associated with the given position,
2985 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> should be used.
2986
2987 @todo setHardDiskBootOrder(), setNetworkBootOrder()
2988 </desc>
2989 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2990 <desc>
2991 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
2992 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
2993 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
2994 </desc>
2995 </param>
2996 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
2997 <desc>
2998 The type of the device used to boot at the given position.
2999 </desc>
3000 </param>
3001 </method>
3002
3003 <method name="getBootOrder" const="yes">
3004 <desc>
3005 Returns the device type that occupies the specified
3006 position in the boot order.
3007
3008 @todo [remove?]
3009 If the machine can have more than one device of the returned type
3010 (such as hard disks), then a separate method should be used to
3011 retrieve the individual device that occupies the given position.
3012
3013 If here are no devices at the given position, then
3014 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> is returned.
3015
3016 @todo getHardDiskBootOrder(), getNetworkBootOrder()
3017 </desc>
3018 <param name="order" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3019 <desc>
3020 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
3021 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
3022 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
3023 </desc>
3024 </param>
3025 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="return">
3026 <desc>
3027 Device at the given position.
3028 </desc>
3029 </param>
3030 </method>
3031
3032 <method name="attachHardDisk">
3033 <desc>
3034
3035 Attaches a virtual hard disk identified by the given UUID to the
3036 given device slot of the given channel on the given bus. The
3037 specified device slot must not have another disk attached and the
3038 given hard disk must not be already attached to this machine.
3039
3040 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3041 attaching hard disks.
3042
3043 <note>You cannot attach a hard disk to a running machine. Also,
3044 you cannot attach a hard disk to a newly created machine until
3045 it is registered.</note>
3046
3047 <note>Attaching a hard disk to a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3048 attachment. In particular, no differeincing images are
3049 actually created until <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to
3050 commit all changed settings.</note>
3051
3052 </desc>
3053 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3054 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to attach.</desc>
3055 </param>
3056 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3057 <desc>Type of storage bus to use (IDE or SATA).</desc>
3058 </param>
3059 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3060 <desc>Channel to attach the hard disk to. For IDE controllers,
3061 this can either be 0 or 1, for the primary or secondary controller,
3062 respectively.</desc>
3063 </param>
3064 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3065 <desc>Device slot in the given channel to attach the hard disk to.
3066 For IDE devices, within each channel (0 or 1), this can again be
3067 0 or 1, for master or slave, respectively.</desc>
3068 </param>
3069 </method>
3070
3071 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
3072 <desc>
3073 Returns the hard disk attached to the
3074 given controller under the specified device number.
3075 </desc>
3076 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in"/>
3077 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in"/>
3078 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in"/>
3079 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return"/>
3080 </method>
3081
3082 <method name="detachHardDisk">
3083 <desc>
3084
3085 Detaches the hard disk drive attached to the given device slot
3086 of the given controller.
3087
3088 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3089 attaching hard disks.
3090
3091 <note>You cannot detach a hard disk from a running
3092 machine.</note>
3093
3094 <note>
3095 Detaching a hard disk from a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3096 detachment. In particular, if the detached hard disk is a
3097 differencing hard disk, it is not actually deleted until
3098 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to commit all changed settings.
3099 Keep in mind, that doing <link to="#saveSettings()"/> will
3100 <b>physically delete</b> all detached differencing hard disks,
3101 so be careful.
3102 </note>
3103
3104 </desc>
3105 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3106 <desc>Bus to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3107 </param>
3108 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3109 <desc>Channel number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3110 </param>
3111 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3112 <desc>Device slot number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3113 </param>
3114 </method>
3115
3116 <method name="getNetworkAdapter" const="yes">
3117 <desc>
3118 Returns the network adapter associated with the given slot.
3119 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3120 number of adapters per every machine is defined by the
3121 <link to="ISystemProperties::networkAdapterCount"/> property,
3122 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3123 </desc>
3124 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3125 <param name="adapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="return"/>
3126 </method>
3127
3128 <method name="getSerialPort" const="yes">
3129 <desc>
3130 Returns the serial port associated with the given slot.
3131 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3132 number of serial ports per every machine is defined by the
3133 <link to="ISystemProperties::serialPortCount"/> property,
3134 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3135 </desc>
3136 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3137 <param name="port" type="ISerialPort" dir="return"/>
3138 </method>
3139
3140 <method name="getParallelPort" const="yes">
3141 <desc>
3142 Returns the parallel port associated with the given slot.
3143 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3144 number of parallel ports per every machine is defined by the
3145 <link to="ISystemProperties::parallelPortCount"/> property,
3146 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3147 </desc>
3148 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3149 <param name="port" type="IParallelPort" dir="return"/>
3150 </method>
3151
3152 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
3153 <desc>
3154 Returns the machine-specific extra data key name following the
3155 supplied key.
3156
3157 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
3158 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
3159 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
3160 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
3161 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
3162 </desc>
3163 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3164 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
3165 </param>
3166 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
3167 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
3168 </param>
3169 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
3170 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
3171 </param>
3172 </method>
3173
3174 <method name="getExtraData">
3175 <desc>
3176 Returns associated machine-specific extra data.
3177
3178 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
3179 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
3180 </desc>
3181 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3182 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
3183 </param>
3184 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
3185 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
3186 </param>
3187 </method>
3188
3189 <method name="setExtraData">
3190 <desc>
3191 Sets associated machine-specific extra data.
3192
3193 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
3194 deleted.
3195
3196 <note>
3197 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
3198 registered callbacks using the
3199 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
3200 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
3201 new value, the change will not be performed.
3202 </note>
3203 <note>
3204 On success, the
3205 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
3206 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
3207 change.
3208 </note>
3209 <note>
3210 This method can be called outside the machine session and therefore
3211 it's a caller's responsibility to handle possible race conditions
3212 when several clients change the same key at the same time.
3213 </note>
3214 </desc>
3215 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3216 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
3217 </param>
3218 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
3219 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
3220 </param>
3221 </method>
3222
3223 <method name="saveSettings">
3224 <desc>
3225 Saves any changes to machine settings made since the session
3226 has been opened or a new machine has been created, or since the
3227 last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/> or <link to="#discardSettings()"/>.
3228 For registered machines, new settings become visible to all
3229 other VirtualBox clients after successful invocation of this
3230 method.
3231 <note>
3232 The method sends <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineDataChange()"/>
3233 notification event after the configuration has been successfully
3234 saved (only for registered machines).
3235 </note>
3236 <note>
3237 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3238 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3239 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> but not
3240 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3241 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3242 </note>
3243 </desc>
3244 </method>
3245
3246 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
3247 <desc>
3248 Creates a backup copy of the machine settings file (<link
3249 to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then calls
3250 <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3251
3252 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
3253 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
3254 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
3255 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
3256
3257 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
3258 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
3259 <pre>
3260 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
3261 </pre>
3262 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
3263 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
3264 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
3265
3266 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
3267 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
3268 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
3269 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
3270 failure.
3271
3272 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
3273 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
3274 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
3275 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
3276 copy operation, fails.
3277
3278 <note>
3279 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
3280 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
3281 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
3282 settings conversion to disk.
3283 </note>
3284
3285 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
3286 </desc>
3287 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
3288 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
3289 </param>
3290 </method>
3291
3292 <method name="discardSettings">
3293 <desc>
3294 Discards any changes to the machine settings made since the session
3295 has been opened or since the last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
3296 or <link to="#discardSettings"/>.
3297 <note>
3298 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3299 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3300 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3301 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3302 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3303 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3304 </note>
3305 </desc>
3306 </method>
3307
3308 <method name="deleteSettings">
3309 <desc>
3310 Deletes the settings file of this machine from disk.
3311 The machine must not be registered in order for this operation
3312 to succeed.
3313 <note>
3314 <link to="#settingsModified"/> will return TRUE after this
3315 method successfully returns.
3316 </note>
3317 <note>
3318 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3319 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3320 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3321 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3322 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3323 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3324 </note>
3325 <note>
3326 The deleted machine settings file can be restored (saved again)
3327 by calling <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3328 </note>
3329 </desc>
3330 </method>
3331
3332 <method name="getSnapshot">
3333 <desc>
3334 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given UUID.
3335 A <tt>null</tt> UUID can be used to obtain the first snapshot
3336 taken on this machine. This is useful if you want to traverse
3337 the whole tree of snapshots starting from the root.
3338 </desc>
3339 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3340 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to get</desc>
3341 </param>
3342 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3343 <desc>Snapshot object with the given UUID.</desc>
3344 </param>
3345 </method>
3346
3347 <method name="findSnapshot">
3348 <desc>
3349 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given name.
3350 </desc>
3351 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3352 <desc>Name of the snapshot to find</desc>
3353 </param>
3354 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3355 <desc>Snapshot object with the given name.</desc>
3356 </param>
3357 </method>
3358
3359 <method name="setCurrentSnapshot">
3360 <desc>
3361 Sets the current snapshot of this machine.
3362 <note>
3363 In the current implementation, this operation is not
3364 implemented.
3365 </note>
3366 </desc>
3367 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3368 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to set as the current snapshot.</desc>
3369 </param>
3370 </method>
3371
3372 <method name="createSharedFolder">
3373 <desc>
3374 Creates a new permanent shared folder by associating the given logical
3375 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
3376 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
3377 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
3378 </desc>
3379 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3380 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
3381 </param>
3382 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
3383 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
3384 </param>
3385 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
3386 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
3387 </param>
3388 </method>
3389
3390 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
3391 <desc>
3392 Removes the permanent shared folder with the given name previously
3393 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
3394 shared folders and stops sharing it.
3395 </desc>
3396 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3397 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
3398 </param>
3399 </method>
3400
3401 <method name="canShowConsoleWindow">
3402 <desc>
3403 Returns @c true if the VM console process can activate the
3404 console window and bring it to foreground on the desktop of
3405 the host PC.
3406 <note>
3407 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3408 currently open.
3409 </note>
3410 </desc>
3411 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3412 <desc>
3413 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3414 false otherwise.
3415 </desc>
3416 </param>
3417 </method>
3418
3419 <method name="showConsoleWindow">
3420 <desc>
3421 Activates the console window and brings it to foreground on
3422 the desktop of the host PC. Many modern window managers on
3423 many platforms implement some sort of focus stealing
3424 prevention logic, so that it may be impossible to activate
3425 a window without the help of the currently active
3426 application. In this case, this method will return a non-zero
3427 identifier that represents the top-level window of the VM
3428 console process. The caller, if it represents a currently
3429 active process, is responsible to use this identifier (in a
3430 platform-dependent manner) to perform actual window
3431 activation.
3432 <note>
3433 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3434 currently open.
3435 </note>
3436 </desc>
3437 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3438 <desc>
3439 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3440 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3441 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3442 the given platform and/or VirtualBox front-end.
3443 </desc>
3444 </param>
3445 </method>
3446
3447 </interface>
3448
3449 <!--
3450 // IConsole
3451 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3452 -->
3453
3454 <interface
3455 name="IConsoleCallback" extends="$unknown"
3456 uuid="13dfbef3-b74d-487d-bada-2304529aefa6"
3457 wsmap="suppress"
3458 >
3459
3460 <method name="onMousePointerShapeChange">
3461 <desc>
3462 Notification when the guest mouse pointer shape has
3463 changed. The new shape data is given.
3464 </desc>
3465 <param name="visible" type="boolean" dir="in">
3466 <desc>
3467 Flag whether the pointer is visible.
3468 </desc>
3469 </param>
3470 <param name="alpha" type="boolean" dir="in">
3471 <desc>
3472 Flag whether the pointer has an alpha channel.
3473 </desc>
3474 </param>
3475 <param name="xHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3476 <desc>
3477 The pointer hot spot x coordinate.
3478 </desc>
3479 </param>
3480 <param name="yHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3481 <desc>
3482 The pointer hot spot y coordinate.
3483 </desc>
3484 </param>
3485 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3486 <desc>
3487 Width of the pointer shape in pixels.
3488 </desc>
3489 </param>
3490 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3491 <desc>
3492 Height of the pointer shape in pixels.
3493 </desc>
3494 </param>
3495 <param name="shape" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
3496 <desc>
3497 Address of the shape buffer.
3498
3499 The buffer contains 1 bpp (bits per pixel) AND mask followed by 32 bpp XOR (color) mask.
3500
3501 For pointers without alpha channel the XOR mask pixels are 32 bit values: (lsb)BGR0(msb).
3502 For pointers with alpha channel the XOR mask consists of (lsb)BGRA(msb) 32 bit values.
3503
3504 AND mask presents for pointers with alpha channel, so if the callback does not
3505 support alpha, the pointer could be displayed as a normal color pointer.
3506
3507 The AND mask is 1 bpp bitmap with byte aligned scanlines. Size of AND mask,
3508 therefore, is <tt>cbAnd = (width + 7) / 8 * height</tt>. The padding bits at the
3509 end of any scanline are undefined.
3510
3511 The XOR mask follows the AND mask on the next 4 bytes aligned offset:
3512 <tt>uint8_t *pXor = pAnd + (cbAnd + 3) &amp; ~3</tt>
3513 Bytes in the gap between the AND and the XOR mask are undefined.
3514 XOR mask scanlines have no gap between them and size of XOR mask is:
3515 <tt>cXor = width * 4 * height</tt>.
3516
3517 <note>
3518 If 'shape' is equal to 0, only pointer visibility is being changed.
3519 </note>
3520 </desc>
3521 </param>
3522 </method>
3523
3524 <method name="onMouseCapabilityChange">
3525 <desc>
3526 Notification when the mouse capabilities reported by the
3527 guest have changed. The new capabilities are passed.
3528 </desc>
3529 <param name="supportsAbsolute" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3530 <param name="needsHostCursor" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3531 </method>
3532
3533 <method name="onKeyboardLedsChange">
3534 <desc>
3535 Notification when the guest OS executes the KBD_CMD_SET_LEDS command
3536 to alter the state of the keyboard LEDs.
3537 </desc>
3538 <param name="numLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3539 <param name="capsLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3540 <param name="scrollLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3541 </method>
3542
3543 <method name="onStateChange">
3544 <desc>
3545 Notification when the execution state of the machine has changed.
3546 The new state will be given.
3547 </desc>
3548 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
3549 </method>
3550
3551 <method name="onAdditionsStateChange">
3552 <desc>
3553 Notification when a Guest Additions property changes.
3554 Interested callees should query IGuest attributes to
3555 find out what has changed.
3556 </desc>
3557 </method>
3558
3559 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
3560 <desc>
3561 Notification when a property of the
3562 virtual <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive">DVD drive</link> changes.
3563 Interested callees should use IDVDDrive methods to find out what has
3564 changed.
3565 </desc>
3566 </method>
3567
3568 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
3569 <desc>
3570 Notification when a property of the
3571 virtual <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive">floppy drive</link> changes.
3572 Interested callees should use IFloppyDrive methods to find out what
3573 has changed.
3574 </desc>
3575 </method>
3576
3577 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
3578 <desc>
3579 Notification when a property of one of the
3580 virtual <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter">network adapters</link>
3581 changes. Interested callees should use INetworkAdapter methods and
3582 attributes to find out what has changed.
3583 </desc>
3584 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in">
3585 <desc>Network adapter that is subject to change.</desc>
3586 </param>
3587 </method>
3588
3589 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
3590 <desc>
3591 Notification when a property of one of the
3592 virtual <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort">serial ports</link> changes.
3593 Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and attributes
3594 to find out what has changed.
3595 </desc>
3596 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in">
3597 <desc>Serial port that is subject to change.</desc>
3598 </param>
3599 </method>
3600
3601 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
3602 <desc>
3603 Notification when a property of one of the
3604 virtual <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort">parallel ports</link>
3605 changes. Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and
3606 attributes to find out what has changed.
3607 </desc>
3608 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in">
3609 <desc>Parallel port that is subject to change.</desc>
3610 </param>
3611 </method>
3612
3613 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
3614 <desc>
3615 Notification when a property of the
3616 <link to="IMachine::VRDPServer">VRDP server</link> changes.
3617 Interested callees should use IVRDPServer methods and attributes to
3618 find out what has changed.
3619 </desc>
3620 </method>
3621
3622 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
3623 <desc>
3624 Notification when a property of the virtual
3625 <link to="IMachine::USBController">USB controller</link> changes.
3626 Interested callees should use IUSBController methods and attributes to
3627 find out what has changed.
3628 </desc>
3629 </method>
3630
3631 <method name="onUSBDeviceStateChange">
3632 <desc>
3633 Notification when a USB device is attached to or detached from
3634 the virtual USB controller.
3635
3636 This notification is sent as a result of the indirect
3637 request to attach the device because it matches one of the
3638 machine USB filters, or as a result of the direct request
3639 issued by <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/> or
3640 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>.
3641
3642 This notification is sent in case of both a succeeded and a
3643 failed request completion. When the request succeeds, the @a
3644 error parameter is @c null, and the given device has been
3645 already added to (when @a attached is @c true) or removed from
3646 (when @a attached is @c false) the collection represented by
3647 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/>. On failure, the collection
3648 doesn't change and the @a error perameter represents the error
3649 message describing the failure.
3650
3651 </desc>
3652 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in">
3653 <desc>Device that is subject to state change.</desc>
3654 </param>
3655 <param name="attached" type="boolean" dir="in">
3656 <desc>
3657 <tt>true</tt> if the device was attached
3658 and <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
3659 </desc>
3660 </param>
3661 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in">
3662 <desc>
3663 <tt>null</tt> on success or an error message object on
3664 failure.
3665 </desc>
3666 </param>
3667 </method>
3668
3669 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
3670 <desc>
3671 Notification when a shared folder is added or removed.
3672 The @a scope argument defines one of three scopes:
3673 <link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders">global shared folders</link>
3674 (<link to="Scope::Global">Global</link>),
3675 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders">permanent shared folders</link> of
3676 the machine (<link to="Scope::Machine">Machine</link>) or <link
3677 to="IConsole::sharedFolders">transient shared folders</link> of the
3678 machine (<link to="Scope::Session">Session</link>). Interested callees
3679 should use query the corresponding collections to find out what has
3680 changed.
3681 </desc>
3682 <param name="scope" type="Scope" dir="in">
3683 <desc>Sope of the notification.</desc>
3684 </param>
3685 </method>
3686
3687 <method name="onRuntimeError">
3688 <desc>
3689 Notification when an error happens during the virtual
3690 machine execution.
3691
3692 There are three kinds of runtime errors:
3693 <ul>
3694 <li><i>fatal</i></li>
3695 <li><i>non-fatal with retry</i></li>
3696 <li><i>non-fatal warnings</i></li>
3697 </ul>
3698
3699 <b>Fatal</b> errors are indicated by the @a fatal parameter set
3700 to <tt>true</tt>. In case of fatal errors, the virtual machine
3701 execution is always paused before calling this notification, and
3702 the notification handler is supposed either to immediately save
3703 the virtual machine state using <link to="IConsole::saveState()"/>
3704 or power it off using <link to="IConsole::powerDown()"/>.
3705 Resuming the execution can lead to unpredictable results.
3706
3707 <b>Non-fatal</b> errors and warnings are indicated by the
3708 @a fatal parameter set to <tt>false</tt>. If the virtual machine
3709 is in the Paused state by the time the error notification is
3710 received, it means that the user can <i>try to resume</i> the machine
3711 execution after attempting to solve the probem that caused the
3712 error. In this case, the notification handler is supposed
3713 to show an appropriate message to the user (depending on the
3714 value of the @a id parameter) that offers several actions such
3715 as <i>Retry</i>, <i>Save</i> or <i>Power Off</i>. If the user
3716 wants to retry, the notification handler should continue
3717 the machine execution using the <link to="IConsole::resume()"/>
3718 call. If the machine execution is not Paused during this
3719 notification, then it means this notification is a <i>warning</i>
3720 (for example, about a fatal condition that can happen very soon);
3721 no immediate action is required from the user, the machine
3722 continues its normal execution.
3723
3724 Note that in either case the notification handler
3725 <b>must not</b> perform any action directly on a thread
3726 where this notification is called. Everything it is allowed to
3727 do is to post a message to another thread that will then talk
3728 to the user and take the corresponding action.
3729
3730 Currently, the following error identificators are known:
3731 <ul>
3732 <li><tt>"HostMemoryLow"</tt></li>
3733 <li><tt>"HostAudioNotResponding"</tt></li>
3734 <li><tt>"VDIStorageFull"</tt></li>
3735 </ul>
3736
3737 <note>
3738 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3739 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3740 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3741 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3742 return @c S_OK from all but one of them that does actual
3743 user notification and performs necessary actions.
3744 </note>
3745
3746 </desc>
3747 <param name="fatal" type="boolean" dir="in">
3748 <desc>Whether the error is fatal or not</desc>
3749 </param>
3750 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in">
3751 <desc>Error identificator</desc>
3752 </param>
3753 <param name="message" type="wstring" dir="in">
3754 <desc>Optional error message</desc>
3755 </param>
3756 </method>
3757
3758 <method name="onCanShowWindow">
3759 <desc>
3760 Notification when a call to
3761 <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> is made by a
3762 front-end to check if a subsequent call to
3763 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> can succeed.
3764
3765 The callee should give an answer appropriate to the current
3766 machine state in the @a canShow argument. This answer must
3767 remain valid at least until the next
3768 <link to="IConsole::state">machine state</link> change.
3769
3770 <note>
3771 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3772 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3773 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3774 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3775 return @c true and @c S_OK from all but one of them that
3776 actually manages console window activation.
3777 </note>
3778 </desc>
3779 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3780 <desc>
3781 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3782 false otherwise.
3783 </desc>
3784 </param>
3785 </method>
3786
3787 <method name="onShowWindow">
3788 <desc>
3789 Notification when a call to
3790 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/>
3791 requests the console window to be activated and brought to
3792 foreground on the desktop of the host PC.
3793
3794 This notification should cause the VM console process to
3795 perform the requested action as described above. If it is
3796 impossible to do it at a time of this notification, this
3797 method should return a failure.
3798
3799 Note that many modern window managers on many platforms
3800 implement some sort of focus stealing prevention logic, so
3801 that it may be impossible to activate a window without the
3802 help of the currently active application (which is supposedly
3803 an initiator of this notification). In this case, this method
3804 must return a non-zero identifier that represents the
3805 top-level window of the VM console process. The caller, if it
3806 represents a currently active process, is responsible to use
3807 this identifier (in a platform-dependent manner) to perform
3808 actual window activation.
3809
3810 This method must set @a winId to zero if it has performed all
3811 actions necessary to complete the request and the console
3812 window is now active and in foreground, to indicate that no
3813 further action is required on the caller's side.
3814
3815 <note>
3816 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3817 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3818 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3819 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3820 return@c S_OK from all but one of them that actually
3821 manages console window activation.
3822 </note>
3823 </desc>
3824 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3825 <desc>
3826 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3827 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3828 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3829 the given platform and/or this VirtualBox front-end.
3830 </desc>
3831 </param>
3832 </method>
3833
3834 </interface>
3835
3836 <interface
3837 name="IRemoteDisplayInfo" extends="$unknown"
3838 uuid="550104cd-2dfd-4a6c-857d-f6f8e088e62c"
3839 wsmap="struct"
3840 >
3841 <attribute name="active" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
3842 <desc>
3843 Whether the remote display connection is active.
3844 </desc>
3845 </attribute>
3846
3847 <attribute name="numberOfClients" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3848 <desc>
3849 How many times a client connected.
3850 </desc>
3851 </attribute>
3852
3853 <attribute name="beginTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3854 <desc>
3855 When the last connection was established, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3856 </desc>
3857 </attribute>
3858
3859 <attribute name="endTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3860 <desc>
3861 When the last connection was terminated or the current time, if
3862 connection is still active, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3863 </desc>
3864 </attribute>
3865
3866 <attribute name="bytesSent" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3867 <desc>
3868 How many bytes were sent in last or current, if still active, connection.
3869 </desc>
3870 </attribute>
3871
3872 <attribute name="bytesSentTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3873 <desc>
3874 How many bytes were sent in all connections.
3875 </desc>
3876 </attribute>
3877
3878 <attribute name="bytesReceived" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3879 <desc>
3880 How many bytes were received in last or current, if still active, connection.
3881 </desc>
3882 </attribute>
3883
3884 <attribute name="bytesReceivedTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3885 <desc>
3886 How many bytes were received in all connections.
3887 </desc>
3888 </attribute>
3889
3890 <attribute name="user" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3891 <desc>
3892 Login user name supplied by the client.
3893 </desc>
3894 </attribute>
3895
3896 <attribute name="domain" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3897 <desc>
3898 Login domain name supplied by the client.
3899 </desc>
3900 </attribute>
3901
3902 <attribute name="clientName" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3903 <desc>
3904 The client name supplied by the client.
3905 </desc>
3906 </attribute>
3907
3908 <attribute name="clientIP" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3909 <desc>
3910 The IP address of the client.
3911 </desc>
3912 </attribute>
3913
3914 <attribute name="clientVersion" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3915 <desc>
3916 The client software version number.
3917 </desc>
3918 </attribute>
3919
3920 <attribute name="encryptionStyle" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3921 <desc>
3922 Public key exchange method used when connection was established.
3923 Values: 0 - RDP4 public key exchange scheme.
3924 1 - X509 sertificates were sent to client.
3925 </desc>
3926 </attribute>
3927
3928 </interface>
3929
3930 <interface
3931 name="IConsole" extends="$unknown"
3932 uuid="d5a1cbda-f5d7-4824-9afe-d640c94c7dcf"
3933 wsmap="managed"
3934 >
3935 <desc>
3936 The IConsole interface represents an interface to control virtual
3937 machine execution.
3938
3939 The console object that implements the IConsole interface is obtained
3940 from a session object after the session for the given machine has been
3941 opened using one of <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
3942 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
3943 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods.
3944
3945 Methods of the IConsole interface allow the caller to query the current
3946 virtual machine execution state, pause the machine or power it down, save
3947 the machine state or take a snapshot, attach and detach removable media
3948 and so on.
3949
3950 <see>ISession</see>
3951 </desc>
3952
3953 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
3954 <desc>
3955 Machine object this console is sessioned with.
3956 <note>
3957 This is a convenience property, it has the same value as
3958 <link to="ISession::machine"/> of the corresponding session
3959 object.
3960 </note>
3961 </desc>
3962 </attribute>
3963
3964 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
3965 <desc>
3966 Current execution state of the machine.
3967 <note>
3968 This property always returns the same value as the corresponding
3969 property of the IMachine object this console is sessioned with.
3970 For the process that owns (executes) the VM, this is the
3971 preferable way of querying the VM state, because no IPC
3972 calls are made.
3973 </note>
3974 </desc>
3975 </attribute>
3976
3977 <attribute name="guest" type="IGuest" readonly="yes">
3978 <desc>Guest object.</desc>
3979 </attribute>
3980
3981 <attribute name="keyboard" type="IKeyboard" readonly="yes">
3982 <desc>
3983 Virtual keyboard object.
3984 <note>
3985 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
3986 the returned object will result in an error.
3987 </note>
3988 </desc>
3989 </attribute>
3990
3991 <attribute name="mouse" type="IMouse" readonly="yes">
3992 <desc>
3993 Virtual mouse object.
3994 <note>
3995 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
3996 the returned object will result in an error.
3997 </note>
3998 </desc>
3999 </attribute>
4000
4001 <attribute name="display" type="IDisplay" readonly="yes">
4002 <desc>Virtual display object.
4003 <note>
4004 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4005 the returned object will result in an error.
4006 </note>
4007 </desc>
4008 </attribute>
4009
4010 <attribute name="debugger" type="IMachineDebugger" readonly="yes">
4011 <desc>Debugging interface.</desc>
4012 </attribute>
4013
4014 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4015 <desc>
4016 Collection of USB devices currently attached to the virtual
4017 USB controller.
4018 <note>
4019 The collection is empty if the machine is not running.
4020 </note>
4021 </desc>
4022 </attribute>
4023
4024 <attribute name="remoteUSBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4025 <desc>
4026 List of USB devices currently attached to the remote VRDP client.
4027 Once a new device is physically attached to the remote host computer,
4028 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4029 </desc>
4030 </attribute>
4031
4032 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
4033 <desc>
4034 Collection of shared folders for the current session. These folders
4035 are called transient shared folders because they are available to the
4036 guest OS running inside the associated virtual machine only for the
4037 duration of the session (as opposed to
4038 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/> which represent permanent shared
4039 folders). When the session is closed (e.g. the machine is powered down),
4040 these folders are automatically discarded.
4041
4042 New shared folders are added to the collection using
4043 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
4044 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
4045 </desc>
4046 </attribute>
4047
4048 <attribute name="remoteDisplayInfo" type="IRemoteDisplayInfo" readonly="yes">
4049 <desc>
4050 Interface that provides information on Remote Display (VRDP) connection.
4051 </desc>
4052 </attribute>
4053
4054 <method name="powerUp">
4055 <desc>
4056 Starts the virtual machine execution using the current machine
4057 state (i.e. its current execution state, current settings and
4058 current hard disks).
4059
4060 If the machine is powered off or aborted, the execution will
4061 start from the beginning (as if the real hardware were just
4062 powered on).
4063
4064 If the machine is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/> state,
4065 it will continue its execution the point where the state has
4066 beem saved.
4067
4068 <see>#saveState</see>
4069 </desc>
4070 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4071 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4072 </param>
4073 </method>
4074
4075 <method name="powerDown">
4076 <desc>
4077 Stops the virtual machine execution.
4078 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4079 PoweredOff state.
4080 </desc>
4081 </method>
4082
4083 <method name="reset">
4084 <desc>Resets the virtual machine.</desc>
4085 </method>
4086
4087 <method name="pause">
4088 <desc>Pauses the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4089 </method>
4090
4091 <method name="resume">
4092 <desc>Resumes the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4093 </method>
4094
4095 <method name="powerButton">
4096 <desc>Send the ACPI power button event to the guest.</desc>
4097 </method>
4098
4099 <method name="sleepButton">
4100 <desc>Send the ACPI sleep button event to the guest.</desc>
4101 </method>
4102
4103 <method name="getPowerButtonHandled">
4104 <desc>Check if the last power button event was handled by guest.</desc>
4105 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
4106 </method>
4107
4108 <method name="saveState">
4109 <desc>
4110 Saves the current execution state of a running virtual machine
4111 and stops its executiuon.
4112
4113 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4114 Saved state. Next time it is powered up, this state will
4115 be restored and the machine will continue its execution from
4116 the place where it was saved.
4117
4118 This operation differs from taking a snapshot to the effect
4119 that it doesn't create new differencing hard disks. Also, once
4120 the machine is powered up from the state saved using this method,
4121 the saved state is deleted, so it will be impossible to return
4122 to this state later.
4123
4124 <note>
4125 On success, this method implicitly calls
4126 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to save all current machine
4127 settings (including runtime changes to the DVD drive, etc.).
4128 Together with the impossibility to change any VM settings when it is
4129 in the Saved state, this guarantees the adequate hardware
4130 configuration of the machine when it is restored from the saved
4131 state file.
4132 </note>
4133
4134 <note>
4135 The machine must be in the Running or Paused state, otherwise
4136 the operation will fail.
4137 </note>
4138
4139 <see><link to="#takeSnapshot"/></see>
4140 </desc>
4141 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4142 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4143 </param>
4144 </method>
4145
4146 <method name="adoptSavedState">
4147 <desc>
4148 Associates the given saved state file to the virtual machine.
4149
4150 On success, the machine will go to the Saved state. Next time it is
4151 powered up, it will be restored from the adopted saved state and
4152 continue execution from the place where the saved state file was
4153 created.
4154
4155 The specified saved state file path may be full or relative to the
4156 folder the VM normally saves the state to (usually,
4157 <link to="IMachine::snapshotFolder"/>).
4158
4159 <note>
4160 It's a caller's responsibility to make sure the given saved state
4161 file is compatible with the settings of this virtual machine that
4162 represent its virtual hardware (memory size, hard disk configuration
4163 etc.). If there is a mismatch, the behavior of the virtual machine
4164 is undefined.
4165 </note>
4166 </desc>
4167 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
4168 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
4169 </param>
4170 </method>
4171
4172 <method name="discardSavedState">
4173 <desc>
4174 Discards (deletes) the saved state of the virtual machine
4175 previously created by <link to="#saveState"/>. Next time the
4176 machine is powered up, a clean boot will occur.
4177 <note>
4178 This operation is equivalent to resetting or powering off
4179 the machine without doing a proper shutdown in the guest OS.
4180 </note>
4181 </desc>
4182 </method>
4183
4184 <method name="getDeviceActivity">
4185 <desc>
4186 Gets the current activity type of a given device or device group.
4187 </desc>
4188 <param name="type" type="DeviceType" dir="in"/>
4189 <param name="activity" type="DeviceActivity" dir="return"/>
4190 </method>
4191
4192 <method name="attachUSBDevice">
4193 <desc>
4194 Attaches a host USB device with the given UUID to the
4195 USB controller of the virtual machine.
4196
4197 The device needs to be in one of the following states:
4198 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
4199 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link> or
4200 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>,
4201 otherwise an error is immediately returned.
4202
4203 When the device state is
4204 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>, an error may also
4205 be returned if the host computer refuses to release it for some reason.
4206
4207 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4208 </desc>
4209 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4210 <desc>UUID of the host USB device to attach.</desc>
4211 </param>
4212 </method>
4213
4214 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
4215 <desc>
4216 Detaches an USB device with the given UUID from the USB controller
4217 oif the virtual machine.
4218
4219 After this method succeeds, the VirtualBox server reinitiates
4220 all USB filters as if the device were just physically attached
4221 to the host, but filters of this machine are ignored to avoid
4222 a possible automatic reattachment.
4223
4224 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4225 </desc>
4226 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4227 <desc>UUID of the USB device to detach.</desc>
4228 </param>
4229 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
4230 <desc>Detached USB device.</desc>
4231 </param>
4232 </method>
4233
4234 <method name="createSharedFolder">
4235 <desc>
4236 Creates a transient new shared folder by associating the given logical
4237 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
4238 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
4239 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
4240 </desc>
4241 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4242 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
4243 </param>
4244 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
4245 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
4246 </param>
4247 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
4248 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
4249 </param>
4250 </method>
4251
4252 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
4253 <desc>
4254 Removes a transient shared folder with the given name previously
4255 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
4256 shared folders and stops sharing it.
4257 </desc>
4258 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4259 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
4260 </param>
4261 </method>
4262
4263 <method name="takeSnapshot">
4264 <desc>
4265 Saves the current execution state and all settings of the
4266 machine and creates differencing images for all
4267 normal (non-independent) hard disks.
4268
4269 This method can be called for a PoweredOff, Saved, Running or
4270 Paused virtual machine. When the machine is PoweredOff, an
4271 offline <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> is created,
4272 in all other cases -- an online snapshot.
4273
4274 The taken snapshot is always based on the
4275 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">current
4276 snapshot</link> of the associated virtual machine and becomes
4277 a new current snapshot.
4278
4279 <note>
4280 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4281 save all current machine settings before taking an offline snapshot.
4282 </note>
4283
4284 <see>ISnapshot, <link to="#saveState"/></see>
4285 </desc>
4286 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4287 <desc>Short name for the snapshot.</desc>
4288 </param>
4289 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
4290 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
4291 </param>
4292 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4293 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4294 </param>
4295 </method>
4296
4297 <method name="discardSnapshot">
4298 <desc>
4299
4300 Starts discarding the specified snapshot. The execution state
4301 and settings of the associated machine stored in the snapshot
4302 will be deleted. The contents of all differencing hard disks of
4303 this snapshot will be merged with the contents of their
4304 dependent child hard disks to keep the, disks valid (in other
4305 words, all changes represented by hard disks being discarded
4306 will be propagated to their child hard disks). After that, this
4307 snapshot's differencing hard disks will be deleted. The parent
4308 of this snapshot will become a new parent for all its child
4309 snapshots.
4310
4311 If the discarded snapshot is the current one, its parent
4312 snapshot will become a new current snapshot. The current machine
4313 state is not directly affected in this case, except that
4314 currently attached differencing hard disks based on hard disks
4315 of the discarded snapshot will be also merged as described
4316 above.
4317
4318 If the discarded snapshot is the first one (the root snapshot)
4319 and it has exactly one child snapshot, this child snapshot will
4320 become the first snapshot after discarding. If there are no
4321 children at all (i.e. the first snapshot is the only snapshot of
4322 the machine), both the current and the first snapshot of the
4323 machine will be set to null. In all other cases, the first
4324 snapshot cannot be discarded.
4325
4326 You cannot discard the snapshot if it
4327 stores <link to="HardDiskType::Normal">normal</link> (non-differencing)
4328 hard disks that have differencing hard disks based on them. Snapshots of
4329 such kind can be discarded only when every normal hard disk has either
4330 no children at all or exactly one child. In the former case, the normal
4331 hard disk simply becomes unused (i.e. not attached to any VM). In the
4332 latter case, it receives all the changes strored in the child hard disk,
4333 and then it replaces the child hard disk in the configuration of the
4334 corresponding snapshot or machine.
4335
4336 Also, you cannot discard the snapshot if it stores hard disks
4337 (of any type) having differencing child hard disks that belong
4338 to other machines. Such snapshots can be only discarded after
4339 you discard all snapshots of other machines containing "foreign"
4340 child disks, or detach these "foreign" child disks from machines
4341 they are attached to.
4342
4343 One particular example of the snapshot storing normal hard disks
4344 is the first snapshot of a virtual machine that had normal hard
4345 disks attached when taking the snapshot. Be careful when
4346 discarding such snapshots because this implicitly commits
4347 changes (made since the snapshot being discarded has been taken)
4348 to normal hard disks (as described above), which may be not what
4349 you want.
4350
4351 The virtual machine is put to
4352 the <link to="MachineState::Discarding">Discarding</link> state until
4353 the discard operation is completed.
4354
4355 <note>
4356 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4357 will fail.
4358 </note>
4359
4360 <note>
4361 Child hard disks of all normal hard disks of the discarded snapshot
4362 must be <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> for this
4363 operation to succeed. In particular, this means that all virtual
4364 machines, whose hard disks are directly or indirectly based on the
4365 hard disks of discarded snapshot, must be powered off.
4366 </note>
4367 <note>
4368 Merging hard disk contents can be very time and disk space
4369 consuming, if these disks are big in size and have many
4370 children. However, if the snapshot being discarded is the last
4371 (head) snapshot on the branch, the operation will be rather
4372 quick.
4373 </note>
4374 <note>
4375 Note that discarding the current snapshot
4376 will imlicitly call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4377 make all current machine settings permanent.
4378 </note>
4379 </desc>
4380 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4381 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
4382 </param>
4383 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4384 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4385 </param>
4386 </method>
4387
4388 <method name="discardCurrentState">
4389 <desc>
4390 This operation is similar to <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> but
4391 affects the current machine state. This means that the state stored in
4392 the current snapshot will become a new current state, and all current
4393 settings of the machine and changes stored in differencing hard disks
4394 will be lost.
4395
4396 After this operation is successfully completed, new empty differencing
4397 hard disks are created for all normal hard disks of the machine.
4398
4399 If the current snapshot of the machine is an online snapshot, the
4400 machine will go to the <link to="MachineState::Saved"> saved
4401 state</link>, so that the next time it is powered on, the execution
4402 state will be restored from the current snapshot.
4403
4404 <note>
4405 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation will fail.
4406 </note>
4407
4408 <note>
4409 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4410 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4411 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4412 called).
4413 </note>
4414
4415 </desc>
4416 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4417 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4418 </param>
4419 </method>
4420
4421 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
4422 <desc>
4423
4424 This method is equivalent to
4425 doing <link to="#discardSnapshot">discardSnapshot</link>
4426 (<link
4427 to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">currentSnapshot</link>.<link
4428 to="ISnapshot::id">id()</link>, ...) followed by
4429 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/>.
4430
4431 As a result, the machine will be fully restored from the
4432 snapshot preceeding the current snapshot, while both the current
4433 snapshot and the current machine state will be discarded.
4434
4435 If the current snapshot is the first snapshot of the machine (i.e. it
4436 has the only snapshot), the current machine state will be
4437 discarded <b>before</b> discarding the snapshot. In other words, the
4438 machine will be restored from its last snapshot, before discarding
4439 it. This differs from performing a single
4440 <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> call (note that no
4441 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/> will be possible after it) to the
4442 effect that the latter will preserve the current state instead of
4443 discarding it.
4444
4445 Unless explicitly mentioned otherwise, all remarks and
4446 limitations of the above two methods also apply to this method.
4447
4448 <note>
4449 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4450 will fail.
4451 </note>
4452
4453 <note>
4454 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4455 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4456 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4457 called).</note>
4458
4459 <note>
4460 This method is more efficient than calling two above
4461 methods separately: it requires less IPC calls and provides
4462 a single progress object.
4463 </note>
4464
4465 </desc>
4466 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4467 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4468 </param>
4469 </method>
4470
4471 <method name="registerCallback">
4472 <desc>
4473 Registers a new console callback on this instance. The methods of the
4474 callback interface will be called by this instance when the appropriate
4475 event occurs.
4476 </desc>
4477 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4478 </method>
4479
4480 <method name="unregisterCallback">
4481 <desc>
4482 Unregisters the console callback previously registered using
4483 <link to="#registerCallback"/>.
4484 </desc>
4485 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4486 </method>
4487
4488 </interface>
4489
4490 <!--
4491 // IHost
4492 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4493 -->
4494
4495 <interface
4496 name="IHostDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
4497 uuid="21f86694-202d-4ce4-8b05-a63ff82dbf4c"
4498 wsmap="managed"
4499 >
4500 <desc>
4501 The IHostDVDDrive interface represents the physical CD/DVD drive
4502 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::DVDDrives"/>.
4503 </desc>
4504
4505 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4506 <desc>
4507 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4508 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. R:).
4509 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/hdc).
4510 </desc>
4511 </attribute>
4512 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4513 <desc>
4514 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4515 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4516 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4517 </desc>
4518 </attribute>
4519 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4520 <desc>
4521 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4522 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4523 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4524 @c null on some platforms.
4525 </desc>
4526 </attribute>
4527
4528 </interface>
4529
4530 <enumerator
4531 name="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4532 uuid="1ed7cfaf-c363-40df-aa4e-89c1afb7d96b"
4533 />
4534
4535 <collection
4536 name="IHostDVDDriveCollection" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4537 enumerator="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator"
4538 uuid="1909c533-1a1e-445f-a4e1-a267cffc30ed"
4539 readonly="yes"
4540 >
4541 <method name="findByName">
4542 <desc>
4543 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4544 <note>
4545 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4546 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4547 </note>
4548 </desc>
4549 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4550 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4551 </param>
4552 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return">
4553 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4554 </param>
4555 </method>
4556 </collection>
4557
4558 <interface
4559 name="IHostFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
4560 uuid="b6a4d1a9-4221-43c3-bd52-021a5daa9ed2"
4561 wsmap="managed"
4562 >
4563 <desc>
4564 The IHostFloppyDrive interface represents the physical floppy drive
4565 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::floppyDrives"/>.
4566 </desc>
4567 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4568 <desc>
4569 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4570 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. A:).
4571 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/fd0).
4572 </desc>
4573 </attribute>
4574 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4575 <desc>
4576 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4577 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4578 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4579 </desc>
4580 </attribute>
4581 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4582 <desc>
4583 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4584 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4585 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4586 @c null on some platforms.
4587 </desc>
4588 </attribute>
4589 </interface>
4590
4591 <enumerator
4592 name="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4593 uuid="ce04c924-4f54-432a-9dec-11fddc3ea875"
4594 />
4595
4596 <collection
4597 name="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4598 enumerator="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator"
4599 uuid="fd84bb86-c59a-4037-a557-755ff263a460"
4600 readonly="yes"
4601 >
4602 <method name="findByName">
4603 <desc>
4604 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4605 <note>
4606 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4607 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4608 </note>
4609 </desc>
4610 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4611 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4612 </param>
4613 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return">
4614 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4615 </param>
4616 </method>
4617 </collection>
4618
4619<if target="midl">
4620 <interface
4621 name="IHostNetworkInterface" extends="$unknown"
4622 uuid="F4512D7C-B074-4e97-99B8-6D2BD27C3F5A"
4623 wsmap="managed"
4624 >
4625 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4626 <desc>Returns the host network interface name.</desc>
4627 </attribute>
4628
4629 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
4630 <desc>Returns the interface UUID.</desc>
4631 </attribute>
4632 </interface>
4633
4634 <enumerator
4635 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4636 uuid="7B52FEF7-56E8-4aec-92F5-15E6D11EC630"
4637 />
4638
4639 <collection
4640 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4641 enumerator="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator"
4642 uuid="BF1D41F2-B97B-4314-A0FB-D4823AF42FB5"
4643 readonly="yes"
4644 >
4645 <method name="findByName">
4646 <desc>
4647 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given name.
4648 <note>
4649 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4650 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4651 </note>
4652 </desc>
4653 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4654 <desc>Name of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4655 </param>
4656 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4657 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4658 </param>
4659 </method>
4660 <method name="findById">
4661 <desc>
4662 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given GUID.
4663 <note>
4664 The method returns an error if the given GUID does not
4665 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4666 </note>
4667 </desc>
4668 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4669 <desc>GUID of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4670 </param>
4671 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4672 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4673 </param>
4674 </method>
4675 </collection>
4676</if>
4677
4678 <interface
4679 name="IHost" extends="$unknown"
4680 uuid="81729c26-1aec-46f5-b7c0-cc7364738fdb"
4681 wsmap="managed"
4682 >
4683 <desc>
4684 The IHost interface represents the physical machine that this VirtualBox
4685 installation runs on.
4686
4687 An object implementing this interface is returned by the
4688 <link to="IVirtualBox::host" /> attribute. This interface contains
4689 read-only information about the host's physical hardware (such as what
4690 processors, and disks are available, what the host operating system is,
4691 and so on) and also allows for manipulating some of the host's hardware,
4692 such as global USB device filters and host interface networking.
4693
4694 </desc>
4695 <attribute name="DVDDrives" type="IHostDVDDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4696 <desc>List of DVD drives available on the host.</desc>
4697 </attribute>
4698
4699 <attribute name="floppyDrives" type="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4700 <desc>List of floppy drives available on the host.</desc>
4701 </attribute>
4702
4703 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4704 <desc>
4705 List of USB devices currently attached to the host.
4706 Once a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4707 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4708
4709 <note>
4710 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4711 </note>
4712 <note>
4713 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4714 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4715 </note>
4716 </desc>
4717 </attribute>
4718
4719 <attribute name="USBDeviceFilters" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
4720 <desc>
4721 List of USB device filters in action.
4722 When a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4723 filters from this list are applied to it (in order they are stored
4724 in the list). The first matched filter will determine the
4725 <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::action">action</link>
4726 performed on the device.
4727
4728 Unless the device is ignored by these filters, filters of all
4729 currently running virtual machines
4730 (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are applied to it.
4731
4732 <note>
4733 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4734 </note>
4735 <note>
4736 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4737 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4738 </note>
4739
4740 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
4741 </desc>
4742 </attribute>
4743
4744<if target="midl">
4745 <attribute name="networkInterfaces" type="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" readonly="yes">
4746 <desc>List of host network interfaces currently defined on the host.</desc>
4747 </attribute>
4748</if>
4749
4750 <attribute name="processorCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4751 <desc>Number of (logical) CPUs installed in the host system.</desc>
4752 </attribute>
4753
4754 <attribute name="processorSpeed" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4755 <desc>(Approximate) speed of the host CPU in Megahertz.</desc>
4756 </attribute>
4757
4758 <attribute name="processorDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4759 <desc>Description string of the host CPU.</desc>
4760 </attribute>
4761
4762 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4763 <desc>Amount of system memory in megabytes installed in the host system.</desc>
4764 </attribute>
4765
4766 <attribute name="memoryAvailable" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4767 <desc>Available system memory in the host system.</desc>
4768 </attribute>
4769
4770 <attribute name="operatingSystem" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4771 <desc>Name of the host system's operating system.</desc>
4772 </attribute>
4773
4774 <attribute name="OSVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4775 <desc>Host operating system's version string.</desc>
4776 </attribute>
4777
4778 <attribute name="UTCTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
4779 <desc>Returns the current host time in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.</desc>
4780 </attribute>
4781
4782<if target="midl">
4783 <method name="createHostNetworkInterface">
4784 <desc>
4785 Creates a new adapter for Host Interface Networking.
4786 </desc>
4787 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4788 <desc>
4789 Adapter name.
4790 </desc>
4791 </param>
4792 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4793 <desc>
4794 Created host interface object.
4795 </desc>
4796 </param>
4797 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4798 <desc>
4799 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4800 </desc>
4801 </param>
4802 </method>
4803 <method name="removeHostNetworkInterface">
4804 <desc>
4805 Removes the given host network interface.
4806 </desc>
4807 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4808 <desc>
4809 Adapter GUID.
4810 </desc>
4811 </param>
4812 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4813 <desc>
4814 Removed host interface object.
4815 </desc>
4816 </param>
4817 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4818 <desc>
4819 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4820 </desc>
4821 </param>
4822 </method>
4823</if>
4824
4825 <method name="createUSBDeviceFilter">
4826 <desc>
4827 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
4828 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
4829 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
4830
4831 The created filter can be added to the list of filters using
4832 <link to="#insertUSBDeviceFilter()"/>.
4833
4834 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4835 </desc>
4836 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4837 <desc>
4838 Filter name. See <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
4839 for more info.
4840 </desc>
4841 </param>
4842 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4843 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
4844 </param>
4845 </method>
4846
4847 <method name="insertUSBDeviceFilter">
4848 <desc>
4849 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
4850 in the list of filters.
4851
4852 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
4853 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4854 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
4855
4856 <note>
4857 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to insert a
4858 filter that is already in the list, will return an
4859 error.
4860 </note>
4861 <note>
4862 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4863 </note>
4864 <note>
4865 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4866 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4867 </note>
4868
4869 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4870 </desc>
4871 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4872 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
4873 </param>
4874 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
4875 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
4876 </param>
4877 </method>
4878
4879 <method name="removeUSBDeviceFilter">
4880 <desc>
4881 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
4882 list of filters.
4883
4884 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
4885 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4886 the list will produce an error.
4887
4888 <note>
4889 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4890 </note>
4891 <note>
4892 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4893 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4894 </note>
4895
4896 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4897 </desc>
4898 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4899 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
4900 </param>
4901 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4902 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
4903 </param>
4904 </method>
4905
4906 </interface>
4907
4908 <!--
4909 // ISystemProperties
4910 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4911 -->
4912
4913 <interface
4914 name="ISystemProperties"
4915 extends="$unknown"
4916 uuid="12c2e31e-247f-4d51-82e5-5b9d4a6c7d5b"
4917 wsmap="struct"
4918 >
4919 <desc>
4920 The ISystemProperties interface represents global properties
4921 of the given VirtualBox installation.
4922
4923 These properties define limits and default values for various
4924 attributes and parameters.
4925
4926 Most of the properties are read-only, but some can be changed by
4927 a user.
4928 </desc>
4929
4930 <attribute name="minGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4931 <desc>Minium guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4932 </attribute>
4933
4934 <attribute name="maxGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4935 <desc>Maximum guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4936 </attribute>
4937
4938 <attribute name="minGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4939 <desc>Minimum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4940 </attribute>
4941
4942 <attribute name="maxGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4943 <desc>Maximum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4944 </attribute>
4945
4946 <attribute name="maxVDISize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4947 <desc>Maximum size of a virtual disk image in Megabytes.</desc>
4948 </attribute>
4949
4950 <attribute name="networkAdapterCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4951 <desc>
4952 Number of network adapters associated with every
4953 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4954 </desc>
4955 </attribute>
4956
4957 <attribute name="serialPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4958 <desc>
4959 Number of serial ports associated with every
4960 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4961 </desc>
4962 </attribute>
4963
4964 <attribute name="parallelPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4965 <desc>
4966 Number of parallel ports associated with every
4967 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4968 </desc>
4969 </attribute>
4970
4971 <attribute name="maxBootPosition" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4972 <desc>
4973 Maximum device position in the boot order. This value corresponds
4974 to the total number of devices a machine can boot from, to make it
4975 possible to include all possible devices to the boot list.
4976 <see><link to="IMachine::setBootOrder()"/></see>
4977 </desc>
4978 </attribute>
4979
4980 <attribute name="defaultVDIFolder" type="wstring">
4981 <desc>
4982 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
4983 existing virtual disk images when an image file name contains no
4984 path.
4985
4986 The initial value of this property is
4987 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
4988 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/VDI</tt>.
4989
4990 <note>
4991 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
4992 initial value.
4993 </note>
4994 <note>
4995 When settings this property, the specified path can be
4996 absolute (full path) or relative
4997 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
4998 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
4999 When reading this property, a full path is
5000 always returned.
5001 </note>
5002 <note>
5003 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5004 when necessary.
5005 </note>
5006
5007 <see>
5008 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>,
5009 <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/>
5010 </see>
5011 </desc>
5012 </attribute>
5013
5014 <attribute name="defaultMachineFolder" type="wstring">
5015 <desc>
5016 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
5017 existing machines when a settings file name contains no
5018 path.
5019
5020 The initial value of this property is
5021 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5022 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/Machines</tt>.
5023
5024 <note>
5025 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5026 initial value.
5027 </note>
5028 <note>
5029 When settings this property, the specified path can be
5030 absolute (full path) or relative
5031 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5032 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
5033 When reading this property, a full path is
5034 always returned.
5035 </note>
5036 <note>
5037 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5038 when necessary.
5039 </note>
5040
5041 <see>
5042 <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>,
5043 <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine()"/>
5044 </see>
5045 </desc>
5046 </attribute>
5047
5048 <attribute name="remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5049 <desc>
5050 Library that provides authentication for VRDP clients. The library
5051 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5052 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration.
5053
5054 The system library extension (".DLL" or ".so") must be omitted.
5055 A full path can be specified; if not, then the library must reside on the
5056 system's default library path.
5057
5058 The default value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>. There is a library
5059 of that name in one of the default VirtualBox library directories.
5060
5061 For details about VirtualBox authentication libraries and how to implement
5062 them, please refer to the VirtualBox manual.
5063
5064 <note>
5065 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5066 initial value.
5067 </note>
5068 </desc>
5069 </attribute>
5070
5071 <attribute name="webServiceAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5072 <desc>
5073 Library that provides authentication for webservice clients. The library
5074 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5075 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration and will be called from
5076 within the <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> implementation.
5077
5078 As opposed to <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />,
5079 there is no per-VM setting for this, as the webservice is a global
5080 resource (if it is running). Only for this setting (for the webservice),
5081 setting this value to a literal "null" string disables authentication,
5082 meaning that <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> will always succeed,
5083 no matter what user name and password are supplied.
5084
5085 The initial value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>,
5086 meaning that the webservice will use the same authentication
5087 library that is used by default for VBoxVRDP (again, see
5088 <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />).
5089 The format and calling convetion of authentication libraries
5090 is the same for the webservice as it is for VBoxVRDP.
5091
5092 </desc>
5093 </attribute>
5094
5095 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean">
5096 <desc>
5097 This specifies the default value for hardware virtualization
5098 extensions. If enabled, virtual machines will make use of
5099 hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x and
5100 AMD-V by default. This value can be overridden by each VM
5101 using their <link to="IMachine::HWVirtExEnabled" /> property.
5102 </desc>
5103 </attribute>
5104
5105 <attribute name="LogHistoryCount" type="unsigned long">
5106 <desc>
5107 This value specifies how many old release log files are kept.
5108 </desc>
5109 </attribute>
5110 </interface>
5111
5112 <!--
5113 // IGuest
5114 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5115 -->
5116
5117 <interface
5118 name="IGuestOSType" extends="$unknown"
5119 uuid="da94f478-1f37-4726-b750-2235950dc2fe"
5120 wsmap="struct"
5121 >
5122 <attribute name="id" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5123 <desc>Guest OS identifier string.</desc>
5124 </attribute>
5125
5126 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5127 <desc>Human readable description of the guest OS.</desc>
5128 </attribute>
5129
5130 <attribute name="recommendedRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5131 <desc>Recommended RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5132 </attribute>
5133
5134 <attribute name="recommendedVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5135 <desc>Recommended video RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5136 </attribute>
5137
5138 <attribute name="recommendedHDD" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5139 <desc>Recommended hard disk size in Megabytes.</desc>
5140 </attribute>
5141 </interface>
5142
5143
5144 <enumerator
5145 name="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator" type="IGuestOSType"
5146 uuid="a3335e02-4669-4e3c-80c7-c4dc7056a07c"
5147 />
5148
5149 <collection
5150 name="IGuestOSTypeCollection" type="IGuestOSType" enumerator="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator"
5151 uuid="a5e36749-a610-498b-9f29-2e36c1042d65"
5152 readonly="yes"
5153 />
5154
5155 <interface
5156 name="IGuest" extends="$unknown"
5157 uuid="d8556fca-81bc-12af-fca3-365528fa38ca"
5158
5159 wsmap="suppress"
5160 >
5161 <desc>
5162 The IGuest interface represents information about the operating system
5163 running inside the virtual machine. Used in
5164 <link to="IConsole::guest"/>.
5165
5166 IGuest provides information about the guest operating system, whether
5167 Guest Additions are installed and other OS-specific virtual machine
5168 properties.
5169 </desc>
5170
5171 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5172 <desc>
5173 Identifier of the Guest OS type as reported by the Guest
5174 Additions.
5175 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
5176 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
5177 Guest OS type.
5178 <note>
5179 If Guest Additions are not installed, this value will be
5180 the same as <link to="IMachine::OSTypeId"/>.
5181 </note>
5182 </desc>
5183 </attribute>
5184
5185 <attribute name="additionsActive" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5186 <desc>
5187 Flag whether the Guest Additions are installed and active
5188 in which case their version will be returned by the
5189 <link to="#additionsVersion"/> property.
5190 </desc>
5191 </attribute>
5192
5193 <attribute name="additionsVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5194 <desc>
5195 Version of the Guest Additions (3 decimal numbers separated
5196 by dots) or empty when the Additions are not installed. The
5197 Additions may also report a version but yet not be active as
5198 the version might be refused by VirtualBox (incompatible) or
5199 other failures occured.
5200 </desc>
5201 </attribute>
5202
5203 <attribute name="supportsSeamless" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5204 <desc>
5205 Flag whether seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
5206 integration) is supported.
5207 </desc>
5208 </attribute>
5209
5210 <attribute name="supportsGraphics" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5211 <desc>
5212 Flag whether the guest is in graphics mode. If it is not, then
5213 seamless rendering will not work, resize hints are not immediately
5214 acted on and guest display resizes are probably not initiated by
5215 the guest additions.
5216 </desc>
5217 </attribute>
5218
5219 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
5220 <desc>Guest system memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
5221 </attribute>
5222
5223 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
5224 <desc>Interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
5225 </attribute>
5226
5227 <method name="setCredentials">
5228 <desc>
5229 Store login credentials that can be queried by guest operating
5230 systems with Additions installed. The credentials are transient
5231 to the session and the guest may also choose to erase them. Note
5232 that the caller cannot determine whether the guest operating system
5233 has queried or made use of the credentials.
5234 </desc>
5235 <param name="userName" type="wstring" dir="in">
5236 <desc>User name string, can be empty</desc>
5237 </param>
5238 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in">
5239 <desc>Password string, can be empty</desc>
5240 </param>
5241 <param name="domain" type="wstring" dir="in">
5242 <desc>Domain name (guest logon scheme specific), can be emtpy</desc>
5243 </param>
5244 <param name="allowInteractiveLogon" type="boolean" dir="in">
5245 <desc>
5246 Flag whether the guest should alternatively allow the user to
5247 interactively specify different credentials. This flag might
5248 not be supported by all versions of the Additions.
5249 </desc>
5250 </param>
5251 </method>
5252
5253 <method name="getStatistic">
5254 <desc>
5255 Query specified guest statistics as reported by the VirtualBox Additions.
5256 </desc>
5257 <param name="cpuId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5258 <desc>Virtual CPU id; not relevant for all statistic types</desc>
5259 </param>
5260 <param name="statistic" type="GuestStatisticType" dir="in">
5261 <desc>Statistic type.</desc>
5262 </param>
5263 <param name="statVal" type="unsigned long" dir="out">
5264 <desc>Statistics value</desc>
5265 </param>
5266 </method>
5267
5268 </interface>
5269
5270
5271 <!--
5272 // IProgress
5273 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5274 -->
5275
5276 <enumerator
5277 name="IProgressEnumerator" type="IProgress"
5278 uuid="e0380522-4ef1-48f4-856c-e455177ccb2d"
5279 />
5280
5281 <collection
5282 name="IProgressCollection" type="IProgress" enumerator="IProgressEnumerator"
5283 uuid="78B76A7C-F0F2-467c-9F0E-F089A54EE957"
5284 readonly="yes"
5285 />
5286
5287 <interface
5288 name="IProgress" extends="$unknown"
5289 uuid="10CC03A1-717E-429b-992D-C67B56175A51"
5290 wsmap="managed"
5291 >
5292 <desc>
5293 The IProgress interface represents a task progress object that allows
5294 to wait for the completion of some asynchronous task.
5295
5296 The task consists of one or more operations that run sequentially,
5297 one after one. There is an individual percent of completion of the
5298 current operation and the percent of completion of the task as a
5299 whole. Similarly, you can wait for the completion of a particular
5300 operation or for the completion of the whole task.
5301
5302 Every operation is identified by a number (starting from 0)
5303 and has a separate description.
5304 </desc>
5305
5306 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5307 <desc>ID of the task.</desc>
5308 </attribute>
5309
5310 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5311 <desc>Description of the task.</desc>
5312 </attribute>
5313
5314 <attribute name="initiator" type="$unknown" readonly="yes">
5315 <desc>Initiator of the task.</desc>
5316 </attribute>
5317
5318 <attribute name="cancelable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5319 <desc>Whether the task can be interrupted.</desc>
5320 </attribute>
5321
5322 <attribute name="percent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5323 <desc>
5324 Current task progress value in percent.
5325 This value depends on how many operations are already complete.
5326 </desc>
5327 </attribute>
5328
5329 <attribute name="completed" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5330 <desc>Whether the task has been completed.</desc>
5331 </attribute>
5332
5333 <attribute name="canceled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5334 <desc>Whether the task has been canceled.</desc>
5335 </attribute>
5336
5337 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
5338 <desc>
5339 Result code of the progress task.
5340 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true.
5341 </desc>
5342 </attribute>
5343
5344 <attribute name="errorInfo" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
5345 <desc>
5346 Extended information about the unsuccessful result of the
5347 progress operation. May be NULL when no extended information
5348 is available.
5349 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true and
5350 <link to="#resultCode"/> indicates a failure.
5351 </desc>
5352 </attribute>
5353
5354 <attribute name="operationCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5355 <desc>
5356 Number of operations this task is divided into.
5357 Every task consists of at least one operation.
5358 </desc>
5359 </attribute>
5360
5361 <attribute name="operation" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5362 <desc>Number of the operation being currently executed.</desc>
5363 </attribute>
5364
5365 <attribute name="operationDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5366 <desc>
5367 Description of the operation being currently executed.
5368 </desc>
5369 </attribute>
5370
5371 <attribute name="operationPercent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5372 <desc>Current operation progress value in percent.</desc>
5373 </attribute>
5374
5375 <method name="waitForCompletion">
5376 <desc>
5377 Waits until the task is done (including all operations) with a
5378 given timeout.
5379 </desc>
5380 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5381 <desc>
5382 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5383 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5384 </desc>
5385 </param>
5386 </method>
5387
5388 <method name="waitForOperationCompletion">
5389 <desc>
5390 Waits until the given operation is done with a given timeout.
5391 </desc>
5392 <param name="operation" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5393 <desc>
5394 Number of the operation to wait for.
5395 Must be less than <link to="#operationCount"/>.
5396 </desc>
5397 </param>
5398 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5399 <desc>
5400 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5401 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5402 </desc>
5403 </param>
5404 </method>
5405
5406 <method name="cancel">
5407 <desc>
5408 Cancels the task.
5409 <note>
5410 If <link to="#cancelable"/> is <tt>false</tt>, then
5411 this method will fail.
5412 </note>
5413 </desc>
5414 </method>
5415
5416 </interface>
5417
5418
5419 <!--
5420 // ISnapshot
5421 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5422 -->
5423
5424 <enumerator
5425 name="ISnapshotEnumerator" type="ISnapshot"
5426 uuid="25cfa2a4-1f1d-4f05-9658-b7a5894ef1a3"
5427 />
5428
5429 <collection
5430 name="ISnapshotCollection" type="ISnapshot"
5431 enumerator="ISnapshotEnumerator"
5432 uuid="23852e3c-94cd-4801-ab05-ed35675b3894"
5433 readonly="yes"
5434 />
5435
5436 <interface
5437 name="ISnapshot" extends="$unknown"
5438 uuid="9f1bbf79-13b0-4da2-abba-4a992c65c083"
5439 wsmap="managed"
5440 >
5441 <desc>
5442 The ISnapshot interface represents a snapshot of the virtual
5443 machine.
5444
5445 The <i>snapshot</i> stores all the information about a virtual
5446 machine necessary to bring it to exactly the same state as it was at
5447 the time of taking the snapshot. The snapshot includes:
5448
5449 <ul>
5450 <li>all settings of the virtual machine (i.e. its hardware
5451 configuration: RAM size, attached hard disks, etc.)
5452 </li>
5453 <li>the execution state of the virtual machine (memory contents,
5454 CPU state, etc.).
5455 </li>
5456 </ul>
5457
5458 Snapshots can be <i>offline</i> (taken when the VM is powered off)
5459 or <i>online</i> (taken when the VM is running). The execution
5460 state of the offline snapshot is called a <i>zero execution state</i>
5461 (it doesn't actually contain any information about memory contents
5462 or the CPU state, assuming that all hardware is just powered off).
5463
5464 <h3>Snapshot branches</h3>
5465
5466 Snapshots can be chained. Chained snapshots form a branch where
5467 every next snapshot is based on the previous one. This chaining is
5468 mostly related to hard disk branching (see <link to="IHardDisk"/>
5469 description). This means that every time a new snapshot is created,
5470 a new differencing hard disk is implicitly created for all normal
5471 hard disks attached to the given virtual machine. This allows to
5472 fully restore hard disk contents when the machine is later reverted
5473 to a particular snapshot.
5474
5475 In the current implelemtation, multiple snapshot branches within one
5476 virtual machine are not allowed. Every machine has a signle branch,
5477 and <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/> operation adds a new
5478 snapshot to the top of that branch.
5479
5480 Existings snapshots can be discarded using
5481 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/>.
5482
5483 <h3>Current snapshot</h3>
5484
5485 Every virtual machine has a current snapshot, identified by
5486 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot"/>. This snapshot is used as
5487 a base for the <i>current machine state</i> (see below), to the effect
5488 that all normal hard disks of the machine and its execution
5489 state are based on this snapshot.
5490
5491 In the current implementation, the current snapshot is always the
5492 last taken snapshot (i.e. the head snapshot on the branch) and it
5493 cannot be changed.
5494
5495 The current snapshot is <tt>null</tt> if the machine doesn't have
5496 snapshots at all; in this case the current machine state is just
5497 current settings of this machine plus its current execution state.
5498
5499 <h3>Current machine state</h3>
5500
5501 The current machine state is what represened by IMachine instances got
5502 directly from IVirtualBox
5503 using <link
5504 to="IVirtualBox::getMachine()">getMachine()</link>, <link
5505 to="IVirtualBox::findMachine()">findMachine()</link>, etc. (as opposed
5506 to instances returned by <link to="ISnapshot::machine"/>). This state
5507 is always used when the machine is <link to="IConsole::powerUp"> powered
5508 on</link>.
5509
5510 The current machine state also includes the current execution state.
5511 If the machine is being currently executed
5512 (<link to="IMachine::state"/> is <link to="MachineState::Running"/>
5513 and above), its execution state is just what's happening now.
5514 If it is powered off (<link to="MachineState::PoweredOff"/> or
5515 <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>), it has a zero execution state.
5516 If the machine is saved (<link to="MachineState::Saved"/>), its
5517 execution state is what saved in the execution state file
5518 (<link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/>).
5519
5520 If the machine is in the saved state, then, next time it is powered
5521 on, its execution state will be fully restored from the saved state
5522 file and the execution will continue from the point where the state
5523 was saved.
5524
5525 Similarly to snapshots, the current machine state can be discarded
5526 using <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/>.
5527
5528 <h3>Taking and discarding snapshots</h3>
5529
5530 The table below briefly explains the meaning of every snapshot
5531 operation:
5532
5533 <table>
5534 <tr><th>Operation</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Remarks</th></tr>
5535
5536 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/></td>
5537
5538 <td>Save the current state of the virtual machine, including all
5539 settings, contents of normal hard disks and the current modifications
5540 to immutable hard disks (for online snapshots)</td>
5541
5542 <td>The current state is not changed (the machine will continue
5543 execution if it is being executed when the snapshot is
5544 taken)</td></tr>
5545
5546 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/></td>
5547
5548 <td>Forget the state of the virtual machine stored in the snapshot:
5549 dismiss all saved settings and delete the saved execution state (for
5550 online snapshots)</td>
5551
5552 <td>Other snapshots (including child snapshots, if any) and the
5553 current state are not directly affected</td></tr>
5554
5555 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/></td>
5556
5557 <td>Restore the current state of the virtual machine from the state
5558 stored in the current snapshot, including all settings and hard disk
5559 contents</td>
5560
5561 <td>The current state of the machine existed prior to this operation
5562 is lost</td></tr>
5563
5564 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState()"/></td>
5565
5566 <td>Completely revert the virtual machine to the state it was in
5567 before the current snapshot has been taken</td>
5568
5569 <td>The current state, as well as the current snapshot, are
5570 lost</td></tr>
5571
5572 </table>
5573
5574 </desc>
5575
5576 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5577 <desc>UUID of the snapshot.</desc>
5578 </attribute>
5579
5580 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
5581 <desc>Short name of the snapshot.</desc>
5582 </attribute>
5583
5584 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
5585 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
5586 </attribute>
5587
5588 <attribute name="timeStamp" type="long long" readonly="yes">
5589 <desc>
5590 Time stamp of the snapshot, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
5591 </desc>
5592 </attribute>
5593
5594 <attribute name="online" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5595 <desc>
5596 <tt>true</tt> if this snapshot is an online snapshot and
5597 <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
5598
5599 <note>
5600 When this attribute is <tt>true</tt>, the
5601 <link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/> attribute of the
5602 <link to="#machine"/> object associated with this snapshot
5603 will point to the saved state file. Otherwise, it will be
5604 <tt>null</tt>.
5605 </note>
5606 </desc>
5607 </attribute>
5608
5609 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
5610 <desc>
5611 Virtual machine this snapshot is taken on. This object
5612 stores all settings the machine had when taking this snapshot.
5613 <note>
5614 The returned machine object is immutable, i.e. no
5615 any settings can be changed.
5616 </note>
5617 </desc>
5618 </attribute>
5619
5620 <attribute name="parent" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
5621 <desc>
5622 Parent snapshot (a snapshot this one is based on).
5623 <note>
5624 It's not an error to read this attribute on a snapshot
5625 that doesn't have a parent -- a null object will be
5626 returned to indicate this.
5627 </note>
5628 </desc>
5629 </attribute>
5630
5631 <attribute name="children" type="ISnapshotCollection" readonly="yes">
5632 <desc>
5633 Child snapshots (all snapshots having this one as a parent).
5634 <note>
5635 In the current implementation, there can be only one
5636 child snapshot, or no children at all, meaning this is the
5637 last (head) snapshot.
5638 </note>
5639 </desc>
5640 </attribute>
5641
5642 </interface>
5643
5644 <!--
5645 // IHardDisk
5646 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5647 -->
5648
5649 <enum
5650 name="HardDiskStorageType"
5651 uuid="48138584-ad99-479d-a36f-eb82a7663685"
5652 >
5653 <desc>
5654 Virtual hard disk storage type.
5655 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5656 </desc>
5657
5658 <const name="VirtualDiskImage" value="0">
5659 <desc>
5660 Virtual Disk Image, VDI (a regular file in the file
5661 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>)
5662 </desc>
5663 </const>
5664 <const name="ISCSIHardDisk" value="1">
5665 <desc>
5666 iSCSI Remote Disk (a disk accessed via the Internet
5667 SCSI protocol over a TCP/IP network, see
5668 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/>)
5669 </desc>
5670 </const>
5671 <const name="VMDKImage" value="2">
5672 <desc>
5673 VMware Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5674 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVMDKImage"/>)
5675 </desc>
5676 </const>
5677 <const name="CustomHardDisk" value="3">
5678 <desc>
5679 Disk formats supported through plugins (see
5680 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/>)
5681 </desc>
5682 </const>
5683 <const name="VHDImage" value="4">
5684 <desc>
5685 Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5686 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVHDImage"/>)
5687 </desc>
5688 </const>
5689 </enum>
5690
5691 <enum
5692 name="HardDiskType"
5693 uuid="a348fafd-a64e-4643-ba65-eb3896bd7e0a"
5694 >
5695 <desc>
5696 Virtual hard disk type.
5697 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5698 </desc>
5699
5700 <const name="Normal" value="0">
5701 <desc>
5702 Normal hard disk (attached directly or indirectly, preserved
5703 when taking snapshots).
5704 </desc>
5705 </const>
5706 <const name="Immutable" value="1">
5707 <desc>
5708 Immutable hard disk (attached indirectly, changes are wiped out
5709 after powering off the virtual machine).
5710 </desc>
5711 </const>
5712 <const name="Writethrough" value="2">
5713 <desc>
5714 Write through hard disk (attached directly, ignored when
5715 taking snapshots).
5716 </desc>
5717 </const>
5718 </enum>
5719
5720 <interface
5721 name="IHardDiskAttachment" extends="$unknown"
5722 uuid="c0ffe596-21c6-4797-8d8a-b47b66881e7a"
5723 wsmap="struct"
5724 >
5725 <attribute name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
5726 <desc>Harddisk object this attachment is about.</desc>
5727 </attribute>
5728
5729 <attribute name="bus" type="StorageBus" readonly="yes">
5730 <desc>Disk controller ID of this attachment.</desc>
5731 </attribute>
5732
5733 <attribute name="channel" type="long" readonly="yes">
5734 <desc>Channel number of the attachment.</desc>
5735 </attribute>
5736
5737 <attribute name="device" type="long" readonly="yes">
5738 <desc>Device slot number of the attachment.</desc>
5739 </attribute>
5740
5741 </interface>
5742
5743 <enumerator
5744 name="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5745 uuid="9955e486-2f0b-432a-99e4-0ebbd338875e"
5746 />
5747
5748 <collection
5749 name="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5750 enumerator="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator"
5751 uuid="8f727842-bb77-45d4-92de-4ec14bf613c9"
5752 readonly="yes"
5753 />
5754
5755 <enumerator
5756 name="IHardDiskEnumerator" type="IHardDisk"
5757 uuid="b976f97b-cdb8-47e3-9860-084031cbd533"
5758 />
5759
5760 <collection
5761 name="IHardDiskCollection" type="IHardDisk"
5762 enumerator="IHardDiskEnumerator"
5763 uuid="43EAC2BC-5C61-40fa-BC38-46DE2C7DB6BB"
5764 readonly="yes"
5765 />
5766
5767 <interface
5768 name="IHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
5769 uuid="FD443EC1-000F-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
5770 wsmap="managed"
5771 >
5772 <desc>
5773 The IHardDisk interface represents a virtual hard disk drive
5774 used by virtual machines.
5775
5776 The virtual hard disk drive virtualizes the hard disk hardware and
5777 looks like a regular hard disk inside the virtual machine and
5778 the guest OS.
5779
5780 <h3>Storage Types</h3>
5781
5782 The <link to="HardDiskStorageType">storage type</link> of the
5783 virtual hard disk determines where and how it stores its data
5784 (sectors). Currently, the following storage types are supported:
5785
5786 <ul>
5787
5788 <li>
5789 <i>Virtual Disk Image (VDI)</i>, a regular file in the file system
5790 of the host OS (represented by the <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5791 interface). This file has a special format optimized so that unused
5792 sectors of data occupy much less space than on a physical hard disk.
5793 </li>
5794
5795 <li>
5796 <i>iSCSI Remote Disk</i>, a disk accessed via the Internet SCSI
5797 protocol over a TCP/IP network link (represented by the
5798 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/> interface).
5799 </li>
5800
5801 <li>
5802 <i>VMware VMDK image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
5803 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVMDKImage"/> interface).
5804 Note that the regular file may be just a descriptor referring to
5805 further files, so don't make assumptions about the OS representation
5806 of a VMDK image.
5807 </li>
5808
5809 <li>
5810 <i>Custom HardDisk</i>, a disk accessed via a plugin which is loaded
5811 when the disk is accessed (represented by the
5812 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/> interface).
5813 </li>
5814
5815 <li>
5816 <i>Virtual PC VHD Image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
5817 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVHDImage"/> interface).
5818 </li>
5819
5820 </ul>
5821
5822 The storage type of the particular hard disk object is indicated by
5823 the <link to="#storageType"/> property.
5824
5825 Each storage type is represented by its own interface (as shown
5826 above), that allows to query and set properties and perform
5827 operations specific to that storage type. When an IHardDisk object
5828 reports it uses some particular storage type, it also guaranteed to
5829 support the corresponding interface which you can query. And vice
5830 versa, every object that supports a storage-specific interface, also
5831 supports IHardDisk.
5832
5833 <h3>Virtual Hard Disk Types</h3>
5834
5835 The <link to="HardDiskType">type</link> of the virtual hard disk
5836 determines how it is attached to the virtual machine when you call
5837 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and what happens to it when
5838 a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine is
5839 taken.
5840
5841 There are three types of virtual hard disks:
5842
5843 <ul>
5844 <li><i>Normal</i></li>
5845 <li><i>Immutable</i></li>
5846 <li><i>Writethrough</i></li>
5847 </ul>
5848
5849 The virtual disk type is indicated by the <link to="#type"/>
5850 property. Each of the above types is described in detail further
5851 down.
5852
5853 There is also a forth, "hidden" virtual disk type:
5854 <i>Differencing</i>. It is "hidden" because you cannot directly
5855 create hard disks of this type -- they are automatically created by
5856 VirtualBox when necessary.
5857
5858 <b>Differencing Hard Disks</b>
5859
5860 Unlike disks of other types (that are similar to real hard disks),
5861 the differencing hard disk does not store the full range of data
5862 sectors. Instead, it stores only a subset of sectors of some other
5863 disk that were changed since the differencing hard disk has been
5864 created. Thus, every differencing hard disk has a parent hard disk
5865 it is linked to, and represents the difference between the initial
5866 and the current hard disk state. A differencing hard disk can be
5867 linked to another differencing hard disk -- this way, differencing
5868 hard disks can form a branch of changes. More over, a given virtual
5869 hard disk can have more than one differencing hard disk linked to
5870 it.
5871
5872 A disk the differencing hard disk is linked to (or, in other words,
5873 based on) is called a <i>parent</i> hard disk and is accessible through
5874 the <link to="#parent"/> property. Similarly, all existing differencing
5875 hard disks for a given parent hard disk are called its <i>child</i> hard
5876 disks (and accessible through the <link to="#children"/> property).
5877
5878 All differencing hard disks use Virtual Disk Image files to store
5879 changed sectors. They have the <link to="#type"/> property set to
5880 Normal, but can be easily distinguished from normal hard disks using
5881 the <link to="#parent"/> property: all differencing hard disks have
5882 a parent, while all normal hard disks don't.
5883
5884 When the virtual machine makes an attempt to read a sector that is
5885 missing in a differencing hard disk, its parent is accessed to
5886 resolve the sector in question. This process continues until the
5887 sector is found, or until the root hard disk is encountered, which
5888 always contains all sectors. As a consequence,
5889
5890 <ul>
5891
5892 <li>
5893 The virtual hard disk geometry seen by the guest OS is
5894 always defined by the root hard disk.
5895 </li>
5896
5897 <li>
5898 All hard disks on a branch, up to the root, must be
5899 <link to="#accessible"/> for a given differencing hard disk in order
5900 to let it function properly when the virtual machine is
5901 running.
5902 </li>
5903
5904 </ul>
5905
5906 Differencing hard disks can be implicitly created by VirtualBox in
5907 the following cases:
5908
5909 <ul>
5910
5911 <li>
5912 When a hard disk is <i>indirectly</i> attached to the virtual
5913 machine using <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. In this
5914 case, all disk writes performed by the guest OS will go to the
5915 created diffferencing hard disk, as opposed to the
5916 <i>direct</i> attachment, where all changes are written to the
5917 attached hard disk itself.
5918 </li>
5919
5920 <li>
5921 When a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine
5922 is taken. After that, disk writes to hard disks the differencing
5923 ones have been created for, will be directed to those differencing
5924 hard disks, to preserve the contents of the original disks.
5925 </li>
5926
5927 </ul>
5928
5929 Whether to create a differencing hard disk or not depends on the
5930 type of the hard disk attached to the virtual machine. This is
5931 explained below.
5932
5933 Note that in the current implementation, only the
5934 <link to="VirtualDiskImage"/> storage type is used to
5935 represent differencing hard disks. In other words, all
5936 differencing hard disks are <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5937 objects.
5938
5939 <b>Normal Hard Disks</b>
5940
5941 Normal hard disks are the most commonly used virtual hard disk. A
5942 normal hard disk is attached to the machine directly if it is not
5943 already attached to some other machine. Otherwise, an attempt to
5944 make an indirect attachment through a differencing hard disk will be
5945 made. This attempt will fail if the hard disk is attached to a
5946 virtual machine without snapshots (because it's impossible to create
5947 a differencing hard disk based on a hard disk that is subject to
5948 change).
5949
5950 When an indirect attachment takes place, in the simplest case, where
5951 the machine the hard disk is being attached to doesn't have
5952 snapshots, the differencing hard disk will be based on the normal
5953 hard disk being attached. Otherwise, the first (i.e. the most
5954 recent) descendant of the given normal hard disk found in the
5955 current snapshot branch (starting from the current snapshot and
5956 going up to the root) will be actually used as a base.
5957
5958 Note that when you detach an indirectly attached hard disk from the
5959 machine, the created differencing hard disk image is simply
5960 <b>deleted</b>, so <b>all changes are lost</b>. If you attach the
5961 same disk again, a clean differencing disk will be created based on
5962 the most recent child, as described above.
5963
5964 When taking a snapshot, the contents of all normal hard disks (and
5965 all differencing disks whose roots are normal hard disks) currently
5966 attached to the virtual machine is preserved by creating
5967 differencing hard disks based on them.
5968
5969 <b>Immutable Hard Disks</b>
5970
5971 Immutable hard disks can be used to provide a sort of read-only
5972 access. An immutable hard disk is always attached indirectly. The
5973 created differencing hard disk is automatically wiped out (recreated
5974 from scratch) every time you power off the virtual machine. Thus,
5975 the contents of the immutable disk remains unchanged between runs.
5976
5977 Detaching an immutable hard disk deletes the differencing disk
5978 created for it, with the same effect as in case with normal hard
5979 disks.
5980
5981 When taking a snapshot, the differencing part of the immutable
5982 hard disk is cloned (i.e. copied to a separate Virtual Disk Image
5983 file) without any changes. This is necessary to preserve the exact
5984 virtual machine state when you create an online snapshot.
5985
5986 <b>Writethrough Hard Disks</b>
5987
5988 Hard disks of this type are always attached directly. This means
5989 that every given writethrough hard disk can be attached only to one
5990 virtual machine at a time.
5991
5992 It is impossible to take a snapshot of a virtual machine with the
5993 writethrough hard disk attached, because taking a snapshot implies
5994 saving the execution state and preserving the contents of all hard
5995 disks, but writethrough hard disks cannot be preserved. Preserving
5996 hard disk contents is necessary to ensure the guest OS stored in the
5997 snapshot will get the same hard disk state when restored, which is
5998 especially important when it has open file handles or when there are
5999 cached files and directories stored in memory.
6000
6001 <h3>Creating, Opening and Registering Hard Disks</h3>
6002
6003 Non-differencing hard disks are either created from scratch using
6004 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/> or opened from a VDI file
6005 using <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/> (only for hard
6006 disks using the VirtualDiskImage storage type). Once a hard disk is
6007 created or opened, it needs to be registered using
6008 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> to make it available for
6009 attaching to virtual machines. See the documentation of individual
6010 interfaces for various storage types to get more information.
6011
6012 Differencing hard disks are never created explicitly and cannot
6013 be registered or unregistered; they are automatically registered
6014 upon creation and deregistered when deleted.
6015
6016 <h3>More about Indirect Hard Disk Attachments</h3>
6017
6018 Normally, when you attach a hard disk to the virtual machine, and then
6019 query the corresponding attachment using
6020 <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/> or
6021 <link to="IMachine::hardDiskAttachments"/> you will get the same hard
6022 disk object, whose UUID you passed earlier to
6023 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. However, when an indirect
6024 attachment takes place, calling <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/>
6025 will return a differencing hard disk object, that is either based on the
6026 attached hard disk or on another differencing hard disk, the attached
6027 hard disk is eventually a root for (as described above). In both cases
6028 the returned hard disk object is the object the virtual machine actually
6029 uses to perform disk writes to.
6030
6031 Regardless of whether the attachment is direct or indirect, the
6032 <link to="#machineId"/> property of the attached disk will contain an
6033 UUID of the machine object <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>
6034 has been called on.
6035
6036 Note that both <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and
6037 <link to="IMachine::detachHardDisk()"/> are <i>lazy</i> operations. In
6038 particular, this means that when an indirect attachment is made,
6039 differencing hard disks are not created until machine settings are
6040 committed using <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/>. Similarly, when a
6041 differencing hard disk is detached, it is not deleted until
6042 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. Calling
6043 <link to="IMachine::discardSettings()"/> cancels all lazy attachments or
6044 detachments made since the last commit and effectively restores the
6045 previous set of hard disks.
6046
6047 <h3>Hard Disk Accessibility</h3>
6048
6049 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the hard disk object
6050 defines the accessibility state of the respective hard disk storage
6051 (for example, the VDI file for IVirtualDiskImage objects). If the
6052 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some hard disk
6053 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
6054 virtual or the actual hard disk size) until a new accessibility
6055 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt> (see the attribute
6056 description for more details).
6057
6058 <note>
6059 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
6060 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
6061 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
6062 if you try to read hard disk properties that depend on the
6063 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
6064 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
6065 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
6066 </note>
6067
6068 </desc>
6069
6070 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6071 <desc>
6072
6073 UUID of the hard disk. For newly created hard disk objects,
6074 this value is a randomly generated UUID.
6075
6076 </desc>
6077 </attribute>
6078
6079 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
6080 <desc>
6081
6082 Optional description of the hard disk. For a newly created hard
6083 disk, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6084
6085 <note>For some storage types, reading this property is
6086 meaningless when <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt>.
6087 Also, you cannot assign it a new value in this case.</note>
6088
6089 </desc>
6090 </attribute>
6091
6092 <attribute name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" readonly="yes">
6093 <desc>
6094
6095 Storage type of this hard disk.
6096
6097 Storage type is defined when you open or create a new hard disk
6098 object.
6099
6100 </desc>
6101 </attribute>
6102
6103 <attribute name="location" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6104 <desc>
6105
6106 Storage location of this hard disk. The returned string serves
6107 for informational purposes only. To access detailed information
6108 about the storage, query the appropriate storage-specific
6109 interface.
6110
6111 </desc>
6112 </attribute>
6113
6114 <attribute name="type" type="HardDiskType">
6115 <desc>
6116
6117 Type (behavior) of this hard disk. For a newly created or opened hard
6118 disk, this value is <link to="HardDiskType::Normal"/>.
6119
6120 <note>
6121 In the current implementation, this property can be
6122 changed only on an unregistered hard disk object. This may be
6123 changed later.
6124 </note>
6125
6126 </desc>
6127 </attribute>
6128
6129 <attribute name="parent" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6130 <desc>
6131
6132 Parent of this hard disk (a hard disk this one is directly based
6133 on).
6134
6135 Only differencing hard disks have parents, so a <tt>null</tt>
6136 object is returned for a hard disk of any other type.
6137 </desc>
6138 </attribute>
6139
6140 <attribute name="children" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
6141 <desc>
6142
6143 Children of this hard disk (all differencing hard disks for
6144 those this one is a parent). An empty collection is returned, if
6145 this hard disk doesn't have any children.
6146
6147 </desc>
6148 </attribute>
6149
6150 <attribute name="root" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6151 <desc>
6152
6153 Root hard disk of this hard disk. If this hard disk is a
6154 differencing hard disk, its root hard disk is the first disk on
6155 the branch. For all other types of hard disks, this property
6156 returns the hard disk object itself (i.e. the same object you
6157 read this property on).
6158
6159 </desc>
6160 </attribute>
6161
6162 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6163 <desc>
6164
6165 Whether the hard disk storage is currently accessible or not.
6166 The storage, for example, can be unaccessible if it doesn't exist
6167 or if it is placed on a network resource that is not available
6168 by the time this attribute is read.
6169
6170 In the current implementation, the value of this property is
6171 also <tt>false</tt> if this hard disk is attached to a running
6172 virtual machine.
6173
6174 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
6175 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
6176 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
6177 example, if the network resourse where the hard disk storage is
6178 located is down).
6179
6180 The following attributes of the hard disk object are considered
6181 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
6182 <ul>
6183 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
6184 <li><link to="#actualSize"/></li>
6185 </ul>
6186 Individual hard disk storage type interfaces may define
6187 additional attributes that depend on the accessibility state.
6188 </desc>
6189 </attribute>
6190
6191 <attribute name="allAccessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6192 <desc>
6193
6194 Whether the whole hard disk branch, starting from this image and
6195 going through its ancestors up to the root, is accessible or
6196 not.
6197
6198 This property makes sense only for differencing hard disks. For
6199 all other types of hard disks it returns the same value as
6200 <link to="#accessible"/>.
6201
6202 </desc>
6203 </attribute>
6204
6205 <attribute name="lastAccessError" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6206 <desc>
6207
6208 String describing the reason of inaccessibility of this hard
6209 disk after the last call to <link to="#accessible"/> that
6210 returned <tt>false</tt>. A <tt>null</tt> value of this property
6211 means that the last accessibility check returned <tt>true</tt>.
6212
6213 </desc>
6214 </attribute>
6215
6216 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6217 <desc>
6218
6219 Logical size of this hard disk (in megabytes), as reported to the
6220 guest OS running inside the vurtual machine this disk is
6221 attached to. The logical size is defined when the hard disk is
6222 created.
6223
6224 <note>Reading this property on a differencing hard disk will
6225 return the size of its root hard disk.</note>
6226
6227 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6228 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6229
6230 </desc>
6231 </attribute>
6232
6233 <attribute name="actualSize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6234 <desc>
6235
6236 Physical size of the storage used to store hard disk data (in
6237 bytes). This size is usually less than the logical size of the
6238 hard disk, depending on the storage type and on the size
6239 optimization method used for that storage.
6240
6241 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6242 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6243
6244 </desc>
6245 </attribute>
6246
6247 <attribute name="machineId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6248 <desc>
6249
6250 UUID of the machine this hard disk is attached to (or a
6251 <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not attached).
6252
6253 <note>Immutable hard disks are never attached directly, so this
6254 attribute is always <tt>null</tt> in this case.</note>
6255
6256 </desc>
6257 </attribute>
6258
6259 <attribute name="snapshotId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6260 <desc>
6261
6262 UUID of the <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> this hard disk
6263 is associated with (or <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not
6264 associated with any snapshot).
6265
6266 <note>
6267 This attribute is always <tt>null</tt> if <link to="#machineId"/>
6268 is <tt>null</tt>.
6269 </note>
6270
6271 <note>
6272 Writethrough hard disks are always attached directly and cannot be
6273 involved when taking snapshots, so this attribute is meaningless and
6274 therefore always <tt>null</tt>.
6275 </note>
6276
6277 </desc>
6278 </attribute>
6279
6280 <method name="cloneToImage">
6281
6282 <desc>
6283
6284 Starts creating a clone of this hard disk. The cloned hard disk
6285 will use the specified Virtual Disk Image file as a storage and
6286 will contain exactly the same sector data as the hard disk being
6287 cloned, except that a new UUID for the clone will be randomly
6288 generated.
6289
6290 The specified image file path can be absolute (full path) or
6291 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6292 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6293 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
6294 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
6295 file.
6296
6297 It is an error to use the object returned in the @a image
6298 parameter until the returned @a progress object reports success.
6299
6300 <note>In the current implementation, only non-differencing hard
6301 disks can be cloned.</note>
6302
6303 </desc>
6304
6305 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
6306 <desc>Path to a file where to store the cloned hard disk.</desc>
6307 </param>
6308 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="out">
6309 <desc>Cloned hard disk object.</desc>
6310 </param>
6311 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6312 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6313 </param>
6314
6315 </method>
6316
6317 </interface>
6318
6319 <!--
6320 // IVirtualDiskImage
6321 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6322 -->
6323
6324 <interface
6325 name="IVirtualDiskImage" extends="$unknown"
6326 uuid="a8265b5a-0d20-4a46-a02f-65693a4e8239"
6327 wsmap="managed"
6328 >
6329
6330 <desc>
6331 The IVirtualDiskImage interface represent a specific type of
6332 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that uses VDI image files.
6333
6334 The Virtual Disk Image (VDI) format is VirtualBox's native format for
6335 hard disk containers.
6336
6337 Objects that support this interface also support the
6338 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6339
6340 Hard disks using virtual disk images can be either opened using
6341 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6342 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6343
6344 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6345 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6346 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6347 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6348 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6349 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6350 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6351 virtual machines.
6352
6353 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link> of the
6354 Virtual Disk Image is stored in the image file. For this reason,
6355 changing the value of this property requires the hard disk to be
6356 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link>. The description
6357 of a registered hard disk can be changed only if a virtual machine
6358 using it is not running.
6359
6360 </desc>
6361
6362 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6363 <desc>
6364
6365 Full file name of the virtual disk image of this hard disk. For
6366 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6367
6368 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6369 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6370 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6371 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6372 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6373
6374 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6375
6376 <note>
6377 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6378 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6379 </note>
6380
6381 </desc>
6382 </attribute>
6383
6384 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6385 <desc>
6386
6387 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly
6388 created hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6389 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6390 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link
6391 to="#createDynamicImage()"/> is called.
6392
6393 </desc>
6394 </attribute>
6395
6396 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6397
6398 <desc>
6399
6400 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6401 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6402 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6403 the operation will fail.
6404
6405 <note>After the returned progress object reports that the
6406 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6407 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6408 within this VirtualBox installation.</note>
6409
6410 </desc>
6411
6412 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6413 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6414 </param>
6415 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6416 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6417 </param>
6418
6419 </method>
6420
6421 <method name="createFixedImage">
6422 <desc>
6423
6424 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6425 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6426 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6427
6428 <note>
6429 After the returned progress object reports that the
6430 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6431 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6432 within this VirtualBox installation.
6433 </note>
6434
6435 </desc>
6436
6437 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6438 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6439 </param>
6440 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6441 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6442 </param>
6443
6444 </method>
6445
6446 <method name="deleteImage">
6447 <desc>
6448
6449 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6450 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6451 operation will fail.
6452
6453 <note>
6454 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to
6455 register the hard disk until the image file is created
6456 again.
6457 </note>
6458
6459 <note>
6460 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6461 they are unregistered using
6462 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6463 </note>
6464
6465 </desc>
6466 </method>
6467
6468 </interface>
6469
6470 <!--
6471 // IISCSIHardDisk
6472 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6473 -->
6474
6475 <interface
6476 name="IISCSIHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6477 uuid="003f6ca9-3257-4ef9-99c9-c66ce44576cb"
6478 wsmap="managed"
6479 >
6480
6481 <desc>
6482 THe IISCSIHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6483 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses iSCSI.
6484
6485 The IISCSIHardDisk interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual
6486 hard disks</link> that use the Internet SCSI (iSCSI) protocol to store
6487 hard disk data on remote machines.
6488
6489 Objects that support this interface also support the
6490 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6491
6492 iSCSI hard disks can be created using
6493 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>. When a new hard disk object
6494 is created, all its properties are uninitialized. After you assign some
6495 meaningful values to them, the hard disk object can be registered by
6496 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and
6497 then <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to virtual
6498 machines.
6499
6500 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6501 of the iSCSI hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6502 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6503 times) even when
6504 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6505 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6506 attached to a running virtual machine.
6507
6508 <note>
6509 In the current imlementation, the type of all iSCSI hard disks
6510 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link>
6511 and cannot be changed.
6512 </note>
6513
6514 </desc>
6515
6516 <attribute name="server" type="wstring">
6517 <desc>
6518
6519 iSCSI Server name (either a host name or an IP address). For
6520 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6521
6522 </desc>
6523 </attribute>
6524
6525 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short">
6526 <desc>
6527
6528 iSCSI Server port. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6529 value is <tt>0</tt>, which means the default port.
6530
6531 </desc>
6532 </attribute>
6533
6534 <attribute name="target" type="wstring">
6535 <desc>
6536
6537 iSCSI target name. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6538 value is <tt>null</tt>.
6539
6540 </desc>
6541 </attribute>
6542
6543 <attribute name="lun" type="unsigned long long">
6544 <desc>
6545
6546 Logical unit number for this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6547 disk objects, this value is <tt>0</tt>.
6548
6549 </desc>
6550 </attribute>
6551
6552 <attribute name="userName" type="wstring">
6553 <desc>
6554
6555 User name for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6556 disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6557
6558 </desc>
6559 </attribute>
6560
6561 <attribute name="password" type="wstring">
6562 <desc>
6563
6564 User password for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created
6565 hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6566
6567 </desc>
6568 </attribute>
6569
6570 </interface>
6571
6572 <!--
6573 // IVMDKImage
6574 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6575 -->
6576
6577 <interface
6578 name="IVMDKImage" extends="$unknown"
6579 uuid="178398f5-8559-4fee-979e-420af5b53eef"
6580 wsmap="managed"
6581 >
6582 <desc>
6583 The IVMDKImage interface represents a specific type of
6584 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses VMDK image files.
6585
6586 The Virtual Machine Disk (VMDK) format is the industry standard format
6587 for virtual hard disk image files, which VirtualBox supports besides its
6588 own native VDI format.
6589
6590 Objects that support this interface also support the
6591 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6592
6593 Hard disks using VMDK images can be either opened using
6594 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6595 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6596
6597 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6598 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6599 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6600 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6601 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6602 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6603 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6604 virtual machines.
6605
6606 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6607 of the VMDK hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6608 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6609 times) even when
6610 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6611 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6612 attached to a running virtual machine.
6613
6614 <note>
6615 In the current imlementation, the type of all VMDK hard disks
6616 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
6617 be changed.
6618 </note>
6619
6620 </desc>
6621
6622 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6623 <desc>
6624
6625 Full file name of the VMDK image of this hard disk. For
6626 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6627
6628 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6629 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6630 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6631 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6632 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6633
6634 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6635
6636 <note>
6637 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6638 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6639 </note>
6640
6641 </desc>
6642 </attribute>
6643
6644 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6645 <desc>
6646
6647 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6648 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6649 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6650 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6651 is called.
6652
6653 </desc>
6654 </attribute>
6655
6656 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6657
6658 <desc>
6659
6660 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6661 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6662 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6663 the operation will fail.
6664
6665 <note>
6666 After the returned progress object reports that the
6667 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6668 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6669 this VirtualBox installation.
6670 </note>
6671
6672 </desc>
6673
6674 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6675 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6676 </param>
6677 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6678 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6679 </param>
6680
6681 </method>
6682
6683 <method name="createFixedImage">
6684 <desc>
6685
6686 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6687 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6688 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6689
6690 <note>
6691 After the returned progress object reports that the
6692 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6693 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6694 this VirtualBox installation.
6695 </note>
6696
6697 </desc>
6698
6699 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6700 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6701 </param>
6702 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6703 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6704 </param>
6705
6706 </method>
6707
6708 <method name="deleteImage">
6709 <desc>
6710
6711 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6712 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6713 operation will fail.
6714
6715 <note>
6716 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6717 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6718 </note>
6719
6720 <note>
6721 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6722 they are unregistered using
6723 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6724 </note>
6725
6726 </desc>
6727 </method>
6728
6729 </interface>
6730
6731 <!--
6732 // ICustomHardDisk
6733 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6734 -->
6735
6736 <interface
6737 name="ICustomHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6738 uuid="a7b0236d-3ff4-47c0-a4aa-ddc4ddc1141a"
6739 wsmap="managed"
6740 >
6741 <desc>
6742 The ICustomHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6743 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that is supported through a third-party plugin.
6744
6745 This interface allows to add support for custom hard disk formats to
6746 VirtualBox.
6747
6748 Objects that support this interface also support the
6749 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6750
6751 Hard disks using custom hard disk formats can be either opened using
6752 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from scratch using
6753 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6754
6755 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for
6756 it is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6757 valid <link to="#location">location</link>, and call
6758 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6759 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6760 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6761 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6762 virtual machines.
6763
6764 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6765 of the hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6766 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6767 times) even when
6768 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6769 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6770 attached to a running virtual machine.
6771
6772 </desc>
6773
6774 <attribute name="location" type="wstring">
6775 <desc>
6776
6777 Location of this custom hard disk. For
6778 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6779
6780 The format of the location string is plugin-dependent. In case if the
6781 plugin uses a regular file in the local file system to store hard disk
6782 data, then the location is a file path and the following rules apply:
6783 <ul>
6784 <li>
6785 when assigning a new path, it must be absolute (full path) or
6786 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6787 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6788 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default
6789 VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6790 </li>
6791 <li>
6792 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6793 </li>
6794 </ul>
6795
6796 <note>
6797 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6798 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6799 </note>
6800
6801 </desc>
6802 </attribute>
6803
6804 <attribute name="format" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6805 <desc>
6806
6807 The plugin name of the image file.
6808
6809 </desc>
6810 </attribute>
6811
6812 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6813 <desc>
6814
6815 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6816 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6817 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6818 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6819 is called.
6820
6821 </desc>
6822 </attribute>
6823
6824 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6825
6826 <desc>
6827
6828 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6829 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6830 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6831 the operation will fail.
6832
6833 <note>
6834 After the returned progress object reports that the
6835 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6836 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6837 this VirtualBox installation.
6838 </note>
6839
6840 </desc>
6841
6842 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6843 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6844 </param>
6845 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6846 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6847 </param>
6848
6849 </method>
6850
6851 <method name="createFixedImage">
6852 <desc>
6853
6854 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6855 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6856 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6857
6858 <note>
6859 After the returned progress object reports that the
6860 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6861 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6862 this VirtualBox installation.
6863 </note>
6864
6865 </desc>
6866
6867 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6868 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6869 </param>
6870 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6871 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6872 </param>
6873
6874 </method>
6875
6876 <method name="deleteImage">
6877 <desc>
6878
6879 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6880 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6881 operation will fail.
6882
6883 <note>
6884 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6885 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6886 </note>
6887
6888 <note>
6889 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6890 they are unregistered using
6891 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6892 </note>
6893
6894 </desc>
6895 </method>
6896
6897 </interface>
6898
6899 <!--
6900 // IVHDImage
6901 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6902 -->
6903
6904 <interface
6905 name="IVHDImage" extends="$unknown"
6906 uuid="163b88c3-7552-424a-8205-daf17a004747"
6907 wsmap="managed"
6908 >
6909 <desc>
6910
6911 The IVHDImage interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual hard
6912 disks</link> that use Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image files to store
6913 hard disk data.
6914
6915 Hard disks using VHD images can be either opened using
6916 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6917 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6918
6919 Objects that support this interface also support the
6920 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6921
6922 When a new hard disk object is created from scatch, an image file for it
6923 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6924 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6925 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6926 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6927 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6928 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6929 virtual machines.
6930
6931 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6932 of the VHD hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6933 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6934 times) even when
6935 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6936 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6937 attached to a running virtual machine.
6938
6939 <note>
6940 In the current imlementation, the type of all VHD hard disks
6941 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
6942 be changed.
6943 </note>
6944
6945 </desc>
6946
6947 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6948 <desc>
6949
6950 Full file name of the VHD image of this hard disk. For
6951 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6952
6953 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6954 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6955 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6956 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6957 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6958
6959 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6960
6961 <note>
6962 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6963 returns <tt>true</tt>. In this case, the specified file name can be
6964 absolute (full path) or relative to
6965 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6966 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6967 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6968 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6969 </note>
6970
6971 </desc>
6972 </attribute>
6973
6974 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6975 <desc>
6976
6977 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6978 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6979 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6980 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6981 is called.
6982
6983 </desc>
6984 </attribute>
6985
6986 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6987
6988 <desc>
6989
6990 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6991 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6992 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6993 the operation will fail.
6994
6995 <note>
6996 After the returned progress object reports that the
6997 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6998 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6999 this VirtualBox installation.
7000 </note>
7001
7002 </desc>
7003
7004 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7005 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7006 </param>
7007 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7008 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7009 </param>
7010
7011 </method>
7012
7013 <method name="createFixedImage">
7014 <desc>
7015
7016 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
7017 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
7018 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
7019
7020 <note>
7021 After the returned progress object reports that the
7022 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7023 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7024 this VirtualBox installation.
7025 </note>
7026
7027 </desc>
7028
7029 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7030 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7031 </param>
7032 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7033 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7034 </param>
7035
7036 </method>
7037
7038 <method name="deleteImage">
7039 <desc>
7040
7041 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
7042 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
7043 operation will fail.
7044
7045 <note>
7046 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
7047 hard disk until the image file is created again.
7048 </note>
7049
7050 <note>
7051 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
7052 they are unregistered using
7053 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
7054 </note>
7055
7056 </desc>
7057 </method>
7058
7059 </interface>
7060
7061 <!--
7062 // IDVDImage
7063 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7064 -->
7065
7066 <enumerator
7067 name="IDVDImageEnumerator" type="IDVDImage"
7068 uuid="9BE77C8D-E1BE-4bf2-A67B-B4DD3D2B0F28"
7069 />
7070
7071 <collection
7072 name="IDVDImageCollection" type="IDVDImage"
7073 enumerator="IDVDImageEnumerator"
7074 uuid="AE7053FA-ADD2-4ea4-AFCF-24D5F8DDED64"
7075 readonly="yes"
7076 >
7077 <method name="findByPath">
7078 <desc>
7079 Searches this collection for a DVD image with the given disk path.
7080 <note>
7081 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7082 correspond to any DVD image in the collection.
7083 </note>
7084 </desc>
7085 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7086 <desc>Name of the DVD image's file system location.</desc>
7087 </param>
7088 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
7089 <desc>Found DVD image object</desc>
7090 </param>
7091 </method>
7092 </collection>
7093
7094 <interface
7095 name="IDVDImage" extends="$unknown"
7096 uuid="140FFF03-E479-4194-8562-ABC4F8171009"
7097 wsmap="managed"
7098 >
7099 <desc>
7100
7101 The IDVDImage interface represents a file containing the image
7102 of the DVD or CD disk.
7103
7104 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7105
7106 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7107 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7108 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7109 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7110 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7111 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7112
7113 <note>
7114 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7115 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7116 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7117 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7118 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7119 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7120 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7121 </note>
7122
7123 </desc>
7124 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7125 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7126 </attribute>
7127
7128 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7129 <desc>Full file name of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7130 </attribute>
7131
7132 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7133 <desc>
7134
7135 Whether the CD/DVD image is currently accessible or not.
7136 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7137 on a network share that is not available by the time
7138 this property is read.
7139
7140 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7141 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7142 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7143 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7144
7145 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7146 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7147 <ul>
7148 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7149 </ul>
7150
7151 </desc>
7152 </attribute>
7153
7154 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
7155 <desc>Size of the ISO image in bytes.</desc>
7156 </attribute>
7157
7158 </interface>
7159
7160
7161 <!--
7162 // IDVDDrive
7163 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7164 -->
7165
7166 <interface
7167 name="IDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
7168 uuid="d9bd101a-8079-4fb9-bad1-31bf32482b75"
7169 wsmap="managed"
7170 >
7171 <desc>
7172 The IDVDDrive interface represents the virtual CD/DVD drive of the
7173 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive"/>.
7174 </desc>
7175 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7176 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7177 </attribute>
7178
7179 <attribute name="passthrough" type="boolean">
7180 <desc>
7181 When a host drive is mounted and passthrough is enabled
7182 the guest will be able to directly send SCSI commands to
7183 the host drive. This enables the guest to use CD/DVD writers
7184 but is potentially dangerous.
7185 </desc>
7186 </attribute>
7187
7188 <method name="mountImage">
7189 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7190 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7191 </method>
7192
7193 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7194 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7195 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="in"/>
7196 </method>
7197
7198 <method name="unmount">
7199 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7200 </method>
7201
7202 <method name="getImage">
7203 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7204 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return"/>
7205 </method>
7206
7207 <method name="getHostDrive">
7208 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7209 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return"/>
7210 </method>
7211
7212 </interface>
7213
7214 <!--
7215 // IFloppyImage
7216 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7217 -->
7218
7219 <enumerator
7220 name="IFloppyImageEnumerator" type="IFloppyImage"
7221 uuid="902C4089-76B7-41f1-91E8-49A261A28A2C"
7222 />
7223
7224 <collection
7225 name="IFloppyImageCollection" type="IFloppyImage"
7226 enumerator="IFloppyImageEnumerator"
7227 uuid="327A8928-8572-446e-AD9A-18FE30E81F3F"
7228 readonly="yes">
7229 <method name="findByPath">
7230 <desc>
7231 Searches this collection for a floppy image with the given disk path.
7232 <note>
7233 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7234 correspond to any floppy image in the collection.
7235 </note>
7236 </desc>
7237 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7238 <desc>Name of the floppy image's file system location.</desc>
7239 </param>
7240 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
7241 <desc>Found Floppy image object</desc>
7242 </param>
7243 </method>
7244 </collection>
7245
7246 <interface
7247 name="IFloppyImage" extends="$unknown"
7248 uuid="CC696755-EA98-4ffe-9DC5-C003047034AB"
7249 wsmap="managed"
7250 >
7251 <desc>
7252
7253 The IFloppyImage interface represents a file containing the image
7254 of a floppy disk.
7255
7256 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7257
7258 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7259 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7260 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7261 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7262 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7263 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7264
7265 <note>
7266 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7267 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7268 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7269 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7270 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7271 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7272 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7273 </note>
7274
7275 </desc>
7276 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7277 <desc>UUID of the floppy image.</desc>
7278 </attribute>
7279
7280 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7281 <desc>Full file name of the floppy image.</desc>
7282 </attribute>
7283
7284 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7285 <desc>
7286
7287 Whether the floppy image is currently accessible or not.
7288 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7289 on a network share that is not available by the time
7290 this property is read.
7291
7292 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7293 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7294 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7295 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7296
7297 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7298 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7299 <ul>
7300 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7301 </ul>
7302
7303 </desc>
7304 </attribute>
7305
7306 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7307 <desc>Size of the floppy image in bytes.</desc>
7308 </attribute>
7309
7310 </interface>
7311
7312
7313 <!--
7314 // IFloppyDrive
7315 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7316 -->
7317
7318 <interface
7319 name="IFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
7320 uuid="E9318F71-78D2-4b00-863C-B7CB0030A2D9"
7321 wsmap="managed"
7322 >
7323 <desc>
7324 The IFloppyDrive interface represents the virtual floppy drive of the
7325 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive" />.
7326 </desc>
7327
7328 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7329 <desc>
7330 Flag whether the floppy drive is enabled. If it is disabled,
7331 the floppy drive will not be reported to the guest.
7332 </desc>
7333 </attribute>
7334
7335 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7336 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7337 </attribute>
7338
7339 <method name="mountImage">
7340 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7341 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7342 </method>
7343
7344 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7345 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7346 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="in"/>
7347 </method>
7348
7349 <method name="unmount">
7350 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7351 </method>
7352
7353 <method name="getImage">
7354 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7355 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return"/>
7356 </method>
7357
7358 <method name="getHostDrive">
7359 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7360 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return"/>
7361 </method>
7362
7363 </interface>
7364
7365
7366 <!--
7367 // IKeyboard
7368 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7369 -->
7370
7371 <interface
7372 name="IKeyboard" extends="$unknown"
7373 uuid="FD443EC1-000A-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7374 wsmap="managed"
7375 >
7376 <desc>
7377 The IKeyboard interface represents the virtual machine's keyboard. Used
7378 in <link to="IConsole::keyboard"/>.
7379
7380 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual keyboard can be controlled. One
7381 can send keystrokes to the virtual machine and send the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to it.
7382 </desc>
7383 <method name="putScancode">
7384 <desc>Sends a scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7385 <param name="scancode" type="long" dir="in"/>
7386 </method>
7387
7388 <method name="putScancodes">
7389 <desc>Sends an array of scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7390 <param name="scancodes" type="long" dir="in" array="count"/>
7391 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7392 <param name="codesStored" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
7393 </method>
7394
7395 <method name="putCAD">
7396 <desc>Sends the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to the keyboard.</desc>
7397 </method>
7398
7399 </interface>
7400
7401
7402 <!--
7403 // IMouse
7404 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7405 -->
7406
7407 <enum
7408 name="MouseButtonState"
7409 uuid="03131722-2EC5-4173-9794-0DACA46673EF"
7410 >
7411 <desc>
7412 Mouse button state.
7413 </desc>
7414
7415 <const name="LeftButton" value="0x01"/>
7416 <const name="RightButton" value="0x02"/>
7417 <const name="MiddleButton" value="0x04"/>
7418 <const name="WheelUp" value="0x08"/>
7419 <const name="WheelDown" value="0x10"/>
7420 <const name="MouseStateMask" value="0x1F"/>
7421 </enum>
7422
7423 <interface
7424 name="IMouse" extends="$unknown"
7425 uuid="FD443EC1-0006-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7426 wsmap="managed"
7427 >
7428 <desc>
7429 The IMouse interface represents the virtual machine's mouse. Used in
7430 <link to="IConsole::mouse"/>.
7431
7432 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual mouse can be
7433 controlled.
7434 </desc>
7435
7436 <attribute name="absoluteSupported" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7437 <desc>
7438 Whether the guest OS supports absolute mouse pointer positioning
7439 or not.
7440 <note>
7441 VirtualBox Guest Tools need to be installed to the guest OS
7442 in order to enable absolute mouse positioning support.
7443 You can use the <link to="IConsoleCallback::onMouseCapabilityChange"/>
7444 callback to be instantly informed about changes of this attribute
7445 during virtual machine execution.
7446 </note>
7447 <see><link to="#putMouseEventAbsolute"/></see>
7448 </desc>
7449 </attribute>
7450
7451 <method name="putMouseEvent">
7452 <desc>
7453 Initiates a mouse event using relative pointer movements
7454 along x and y axis.
7455 </desc>
7456
7457 <param name="dx" type="long" dir="in">
7458 <desc>
7459 Amout of pixels the mouse should move to the right.
7460 Negative values move the mouse to the left.
7461 </desc>
7462 </param>
7463 <param name="dy" type="long" dir="in">
7464 <desc>
7465 Amout of pixels the mouse should move downwards.
7466 Negative values move the mouse upwards.
7467 </desc>
7468 </param>
7469 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7470 <desc>
7471 Amount of mouse wheel moves.
7472 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7473 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7474 </desc>
7475 </param>
7476 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7477 <desc>
7478 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7479 a mouse button as follows:
7480 <table>
7481 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7482 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7483 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7484 </table>
7485 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7486 otherwise it is released.
7487 </desc>
7488 </param>
7489 </method>
7490
7491 <method name="putMouseEventAbsolute">
7492 <desc>
7493 Positions the mouse pointer using absolute x and y coordinates.
7494 These coordinates are expressed in pixels and
7495 start from <tt>[1,1]</tt> which corresponds to the top left
7496 corner of the virtual display.
7497
7498 <note>
7499 This method will have effect only if absolute mouse
7500 positioning is supported by the guest OS.
7501 </note>
7502
7503 <see><link to="#absoluteSupported"/></see>
7504 </desc>
7505
7506 <param name="x" type="long" dir="in">
7507 <desc>
7508 X coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7509 </desc>
7510 </param>
7511 <param name="y" type="long" dir="in">
7512 <desc>
7513 Y coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7514 </desc>
7515 </param>
7516 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7517 <desc>
7518 Amout of mouse wheel moves.
7519 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7520 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7521 </desc>
7522 </param>
7523 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7524 <desc>
7525 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7526 a mouse button as follows:
7527 <table>
7528 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7529 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7530 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7531 </table>
7532 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7533 otherwise it is released.
7534 </desc>
7535 </param>
7536 </method>
7537
7538 </interface>
7539
7540 <!--
7541 // IDisplay
7542 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7543 -->
7544
7545 <enum
7546 name="FramebufferAccelerationOperation"
7547 uuid="f0e5ebbe-dc8e-4e2d-916e-53baa3844df8"
7548 >
7549 <desc>
7550 Framebuffer acceleration operation.
7551 </desc>
7552
7553 <const name="SolidFillAcceleration" value="1"/>
7554 <const name="ScreenCopyAcceleration" value="2"/>
7555 </enum>
7556
7557 <enum
7558 name="FramebufferPixelFormat"
7559 uuid="6b27d1fc-4f2c-4e9c-a166-01d06540305d"
7560 >
7561 <desc>
7562 Format of the video memory buffer. Constants represented by this enum can
7563 be used to test for particular values of <link
7564 to="IFramebuffer::pixelFormat"/>. See also <link
7565 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/>.
7566
7567 See also www.fourcc.org for more informantion about FOURCC pixel formats.
7568 </desc>
7569
7570 <const name="Opaque" value="0xFFFFFFFF">
7571 <desc>
7572 Unknown buffer format. The user may not assume any particular
7573 format of the buffer.
7574 </desc>
7575 </const>
7576 <const name="FOURCC_RGB" value="0x32424752">
7577 <desc>
7578 Basic RGB format. <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/> determines
7579 the bit layout.
7580 </desc>
7581 </const>
7582 </enum>
7583
7584 <interface
7585 name="IFramebuffer" extends="$unknown"
7586 uuid="af431304-5b09-40e2-94da-3c3cb03822c1"
7587 wsmap="suppress"
7588 >
7589 <attribute name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" readonly="yes">
7590 <desc>Address of the start byte of the framebuffer.</desc>
7591 </attribute>
7592
7593 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7594 <desc>Framebuffer width, in pixels.</desc>
7595 </attribute>
7596
7597 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7598 <desc>Framebuffer height, in pixels.</desc>
7599 </attribute>
7600
7601 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7602 <desc>
7603 Color depth, in bits per pixel. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7604 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, valid values
7605 are: 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32.
7606 </desc>
7607 </attribute>
7608
7609 <attribute name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7610 <desc>
7611 Scan line size, in bytes. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7612 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, the
7613 size of the scan line must be aligned to 32 bits.
7614 </desc>
7615 </attribute>
7616
7617 <attribute name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7618 <desc>
7619 Framebuffer pixel format. It's either one of the values defined by <link
7620 to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/> or a raw FOURCC code.
7621 <note>
7622 This attribute must never return <link
7623 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> -- the format of the buffer
7624 <link to="#address"/> points to must be always known.
7625 </note>
7626 </desc>
7627 </attribute>
7628
7629 <attribute name="usesGuestVRAM" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7630 <desc>
7631 Defines whether this framebuffer uses the virtual video card's memory
7632 buffer (guest VRAM) directly or not. See <link
7633 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/> for more information.
7634 </desc>
7635 </attribute>
7636
7637 <attribute name="heightReduction" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7638 <desc>
7639 Hint from the framebuffer about how much of the standard
7640 screen height it wants to use for itself. This information is
7641 exposed to the guest through the VESA BIOS and VMMDev interface
7642 so that it can use it for determining its video mode table. It
7643 is not guaranteed that the guest respects the value.
7644 </desc>
7645 </attribute>
7646
7647 <attribute name="overlay" type="IFramebufferOverlay" readonly="yes">
7648 <desc>
7649 An alpha-blended overlay which is superposed over the framebuffer.
7650 The initial purpose is to allow the display of icons providing
7651 information about the VM state, including disk activity, in front
7652 ends which do not have other means of doing that. The overlay is
7653 designed to controlled exclusively by IDisplay. It has no locking
7654 of its own, and any changes made to it are not guaranteed to be
7655 visible until the affected portion of IFramebuffer is updated. The
7656 overlay can be created lazily the first time it is requested. This
7657 attribute can also return NULL to signal that the overlay is not
7658 implemented.
7659 </desc>
7660 </attribute>
7661
7662 <method name="lock">
7663 <desc>
7664 Locks the framebuffer.
7665 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7666 bound to.
7667 </desc>
7668 </method>
7669
7670 <method name="unlock">
7671 <desc>
7672 Unlocks the framebuffer.
7673 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7674 bound to.
7675 </desc>
7676 </method>
7677
7678 <method name="notifyUpdate">
7679 <desc>
7680 Informs about an update.
7681 Gets called by the display object where this buffer is
7682 registered.
7683 </desc>
7684 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7685 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7686 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7687 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7688 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7689 </method>
7690
7691 <method name="requestResize">
7692 <desc>
7693 Requests a size and pixel format change.
7694
7695 There are two modes of working with the video buffer of the virtual
7696 machine. The <i>indirect</i> mode implies that the IFramebuffer
7697 implementation allocates a memory buffer for the requested display mode
7698 and provides it to the virtual machine. In <i>direct</i> mode, the
7699 IFramebuffer implementation uses the memory buffer allocated and owned
7700 by the virtual machine. This buffer represents the video memory of the
7701 emulated video adapter (so called <i>guest VRAM</i>). The direct mode is
7702 usually faster because the implementation gets a raw pointer to the
7703 guest VRAM buffer which it can directly use for visualising the contents
7704 of the virtual display, as opposed to the indirect mode where the
7705 contents of guest VRAM are copied to the memory buffer provided by
7706 the implementation every time a display update occurs.
7707
7708 It is important to note that the direct mode is really fast only when
7709 the implementation uses the given guest VRAM buffer directly, for
7710 example, by blitting it to the window representing the virtual machine's
7711 display, which saves at least one copy operation comparing to the
7712 indirect mode. However, using the guest VRAM buffer directly is not
7713 always possible: the format and the color depth of this buffer may be
7714 not supported by the target window, or it may be unknown (opaque) as in
7715 case of text or non-linear multi-plane VGA video modes. In this case,
7716 the indirect mode (that is always available) should be used as a
7717 fallback: when the guest VRAM contents are copied to the
7718 implementation-provided memory buffer, color and format conversion is
7719 done authomatically by the underlying code.
7720
7721 The @a pixelFormat parameter defines whether the direct mode is
7722 available or not. If @a pixelFormat is <link
7723 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> then direct access to the guest
7724 VRAM buffer is not available -- the @a VRAM, @a bitsPerPixel and @a
7725 bytesPerLine parameters must be ignored and the implementation must use
7726 the indirect mode (where it provides its own buffer in one of the
7727 supported formats). In all other cases, @a pixelFormat together with @a
7728 bitsPerPixel and @a bytesPerLine define the format of the video memory
7729 buffer pointed to by the @a VRAM parameter and the implementation is
7730 free to choose which mode to use. To indicate that this framebuffer uses
7731 the direct mode, the implementation of the <link to="#usesGuestVRAM"/>
7732 attribute must return <tt>true</tt> and <link to="#address"/> must
7733 return exactly the same address that is passed in the @a VRAM parameter
7734 of this method; otherwise it is assumed that the indirect strategy is
7735 chosen.
7736
7737 The @a width and @a height parameters represent the size of the
7738 requested display mode in both modes. In case of indirect mode, the
7739 provided memory buffer should be big enough to store data of the given
7740 display mode. In case of direct mode, it is guaranteed that the given @a
7741 VRAM buffer contains enough space to represent the display mode of the
7742 given size. Note that this framebuffer's <link to="#width"/> and <link
7743 to="#height"/> attributes must return exactly the same values as
7744 passed to this method after the resize is completed (see below).
7745
7746 The @a finished output parameter determines if the implementation has
7747 finished resizing the framebuffer or not. If, for some reason, the
7748 resize cannot be finished immediately during this call, @a finished
7749 must be set to @c false, and the implementation must call
7750 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> after it has returned from
7751 this method as soon as possible. If @a finished is @c false, the
7752 machine will not call any framebuffer methods until
7753 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7754
7755 Note that if the direct mode is chosen, the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>,
7756 <link to="#bytesPerLine"/> and <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attributes of
7757 this framebuffer must return exactly the same values as specified in the
7758 parameters of this method, after the resize is completed. If the
7759 indirect mode is chosen, these attributes must return values describing
7760 the format of the implementation's own memory buffer <link
7761 to="#address"/> points to. Note also that the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>
7762 value must always correlate with <link to="#pixelFormat"/>. Note that
7763 the <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attribute must never return <link
7764 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> regardless of the selected mode.
7765
7766 <note>
7767 This method is called by the IDisplay object under the
7768 <link to="#lock()"/> provided by this IFramebuffer
7769 implementation. If this method returns @c false in @a finished, then
7770 this lock is not released until
7771 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7772 </note>
7773 </desc>
7774 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7775 <desc>
7776 Logical screen number. Must be used in the corresponding call to
7777 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> if this call is made.
7778 </desc>
7779 </param>
7780 <param name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7781 <desc>
7782 Pixel format of the memory buffer pointed to by @a VRAM.
7783 See also <link to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/>.
7784 </desc>
7785 </param>
7786 <param name="VRAM" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7787 <desc>Pointer to the virtual video card's VRAM (may be @c null).</desc>
7788 </param>
7789 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7790 <desc>Color depth, bits per pixel.</desc>
7791 </param>
7792 <param name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7793 <desc>Size of one scan line, in bytes.</desc>
7794 </param>
7795 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7796 <desc>Width of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7797 </param>
7798 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7799 <desc>Height of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7800 </param>
7801 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return">
7802 <desc>
7803 Can the VM start using the new framebuffer immediately
7804 after this method returns or it should wait for
7805 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/>.
7806 </desc>
7807 </param>
7808 </method>
7809
7810 <method name="operationSupported">
7811 <desc>
7812 Returns whether the given acceleration operation is supported
7813 by the IFramebuffer implementation. If not, the display object
7814 will not attempt to call the corresponding IFramebuffer entry
7815 point. Even if an operation is indicated to supported, the
7816 IFramebuffer implementation always has the option to return non
7817 supported from the corresponding acceleration method in which
7818 case the operation will be performed by the display engine. This
7819 allows for reduced IFramebuffer implementation complexity where
7820 only common cases are handled.
7821 </desc>
7822 <param name="operation" type="FramebufferAccelerationOperation" dir="in"/>
7823 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7824 </method>
7825
7826 <method name="videoModeSupported">
7827 <desc>
7828 Returns whether the framebuffer implementation is willing to
7829 support a given video mode. In case it is not able to render
7830 the video mode (or for some reason not willing), it should
7831 return false. Usually this method is called when the guest
7832 asks the VMM device whether a given video mode is supported
7833 so the information returned is directly exposed to the guest.
7834 It is important that this method returns very quickly.
7835 </desc>
7836 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7837 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7838 <param name="bpp" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7839 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7840 </method>
7841
7842 <method name="solidFill">
7843 <desc>
7844 Fills the specified rectangle on screen with a solid color.
7845 </desc>
7846 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7847 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7848 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7849 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7850 <param name="color" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7851 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7852 </method>
7853
7854 <method name="copyScreenBits">
7855 <desc>
7856 Copies specified rectangle on the screen.
7857 </desc>
7858 <param name="xDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7859 <param name="yDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7860 <param name="xSrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7861 <param name="ySrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7862 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7863 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7864 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7865 </method>
7866
7867 <method name="getVisibleRegion">
7868 <desc>
7869 Returns the visible region of this framebuffer.
7870
7871 If the @a rectangles parameter is <tt>NULL</tt> then the value of the
7872 @a count parameter is ignored and the number of elements necessary to
7873 describe the current visible region is returned in @a countCopied.
7874
7875 If @a rectangles is not <tt>NULL</tt> but @a count is less
7876 than the required number of elements to store region data, the method
7877 will report a failure. If @a count is equal or greater than the
7878 required number of elements, then the actual number of elements copied
7879 to the provided array will be returned in @a countCopied.
7880
7881 <note>
7882 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7883 this IFramebuffer object.
7884 </note>
7885 </desc>
7886 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7887 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array to receive region data.</desc>
7888 </param>
7889 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7890 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7891 </param>
7892 <param name="countCopied" type="unsigned long" dir="return">
7893 <desc>Number of elements copied to the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7894 </param>
7895 </method>
7896
7897 <method name="setVisibleRegion">
7898 <desc>
7899 Suggests a new visible region to this framebuffer. This region
7900 represents the area of the VM display which is a union of regions of
7901 all top-level windows of the guest operating system running inside the
7902 VM (if the Guest Additions for this system support this
7903 functionality). This information may be used by the frontends to
7904 implement the seamless desktop integration feature.
7905
7906 <note>
7907 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7908 this IFramebuffer object.
7909 </note>
7910 <note>
7911 The IFramebuffer implementation must make a copy of the provided
7912 array of rectangles.
7913 </note>
7914 </desc>
7915 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7916 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array.</desc>
7917 </param>
7918 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7919 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7920 </param>
7921 </method>
7922
7923 </interface>
7924
7925 <interface
7926 name="IFramebufferOverlay" extends="IFrameBuffer"
7927 uuid="0bcc1c7e-e415-47d2-bfdb-e4c705fb0f47"
7928 wsmap="suppress"
7929 >
7930 <desc>
7931 The IFramebufferOverlay interface represents an alpha blended overlay
7932 for displaying status icons above an IFramebuffer. It is always created
7933 not visible, so that it must be explicitly shown. It only covers a
7934 portion of the IFramebuffer, determined by its width, height and
7935 co-ordinates. It is always in packed pixel little-endian 32bit ARGB (in
7936 that order) format, and may be written to directly. Do re-read the
7937 width though, after setting it, as it may be adjusted (increased) to
7938 make it more suitable for the front end.
7939 </desc>
7940 <attribute name="x" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7941 <desc>X position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7942 </attribute>
7943
7944 <attribute name="y" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7945 <desc>Y position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7946 </attribute>
7947
7948 <attribute name="visible" type="boolean" readonly="no">
7949 <desc>
7950 Whether the overlay is currently visible.
7951 </desc>
7952 </attribute>
7953
7954 <attribute name="alpha" type="unsigned long" readonly="no">
7955 <desc>
7956 The global alpha value for the overlay. This may or may not be
7957 supported by a given front end.
7958 </desc>
7959 </attribute>
7960
7961 <method name="move">
7962 <desc>
7963 Changes the overlay's position relative to the IFramebuffer.
7964 </desc>
7965 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7966 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7967 </method>
7968
7969 </interface>
7970
7971 <interface
7972 name="IDisplay" extends="$unknown"
7973 uuid="09789f63-4525-48e5-a5e4-1080453b0eab"
7974 wsmap="suppress"
7975 >
7976 <desc>
7977 The IDisplay interface represents the virtual machine's display.
7978
7979 The object implementing this interface is contained in each
7980 <link to="IConsole::display"/> attribute and represents the visual
7981 output of the virtual machine.
7982
7983 The virtual display supports pluggable output targets represented by the
7984 IFramebuffer interface. Examples of the output target are a window on
7985 the host computer or an RDP sessoin's display on a remote computer.
7986 </desc>
7987 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7988 <desc>Current display width.</desc>
7989 </attribute>
7990
7991 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7992 <desc>Current display height.</desc>
7993 </attribute>
7994
7995 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7996 <desc>
7997 Current guest display color depth. Note that this may differ
7998 from <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/>.
7999 </desc>
8000 </attribute>
8001
8002 <method name="setupInternalFramebuffer">
8003 <desc>
8004 Prepares an internally managed framebuffer.
8005 </desc>
8006 <param name="depth" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8007 </method>
8008
8009 <method name="lockFramebuffer">
8010 <desc>
8011 Requests access to the internal framebuffer.
8012 </desc>
8013 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="return"/>
8014 </method>
8015
8016 <method name="unlockFramebuffer">
8017 <desc>
8018 Releases access to the internal framebuffer.
8019 </desc>
8020 </method>
8021
8022 <method name="registerExternalFramebuffer">
8023 <desc>
8024 Registers an external framebuffer.
8025 </desc>
8026 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8027 </method>
8028
8029 <method name="setFramebuffer">
8030 <desc>
8031 Sets the framebuffer for given screen.
8032 </desc>
8033 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8034 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8035 </method>
8036
8037 <method name="getFramebuffer">
8038 <desc>
8039 Queries the framebuffer for given screen.
8040 </desc>
8041 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8042 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="out"/>
8043 <param name="xOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8044 <param name="yOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8045 </method>
8046
8047 <method name="setVideoModeHint">
8048 <desc>
8049 Asks VirtualBox to request the given video mode from
8050 the guest. This is just a hint and it cannot be guaranteed
8051 that the requested resolution will be used. Guest Additions
8052 are required for the request to be seen by guests. The caller
8053 should issue the request and wait for a resolution change and
8054 after a timeout retry.
8055
8056 Specifying <tt>0</tt> for either @a width, @a height or @a bitsPerPixel
8057 parameters means that the corresponding values should be taken from the
8058 current video mode (i.e. left unchanged).
8059
8060 If the guest OS supports multi-monitor configuration then the @a display
8061 parameter specifies the number of the guest display to send the hint to:
8062 <tt>0</tt> is the primary display, <tt>1</tt> is the first secondary and
8063 so on. If the multi-monitor configuration is not supported, @a display
8064 must be <tt>0</tt>.
8065
8066 </desc>
8067 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8068 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8069 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8070 <param name="display" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8071 </method>
8072
8073 <method name="setSeamlessMode">
8074 <desc>
8075 Enables or disables seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
8076 integration) mode.
8077 <note>
8078 Calling this method has no effect if <link
8079 to="IGuest::supportsSeamless"/> returns <tt>false</tt>.
8080 </note>
8081 </desc>
8082 <param name="enabled" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
8083 </method>
8084
8085 <method name="takeScreenShot">
8086 <desc>
8087 Takes a screen shot of the requested size and copies it to the
8088 32-bpp buffer allocated by the caller.
8089 </desc>
8090 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8091 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8092 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8093 </method>
8094
8095 <method name="drawToScreen">
8096 <desc>
8097 Draws a 32-bpp image of the specified size from the given buffer
8098 to the given point on the VM display.
8099 </desc>
8100 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8101 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8102 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8103 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8104 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8105 </method>
8106
8107 <method name="invalidateAndUpdate">
8108 <desc>
8109 Does a full invalidation of the VM display and instructs the VM
8110 to update it.
8111 </desc>
8112 </method>
8113
8114 <method name="resizeCompleted">
8115 <desc>
8116 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the resize operation.
8117 </desc>
8118 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8119 </method>
8120
8121 <method name="updateCompleted">
8122 <desc>
8123 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the update operation.
8124 </desc>
8125 </method>
8126
8127 </interface>
8128
8129 <!--
8130 // INetworkAdapter
8131 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8132 -->
8133
8134 <enum
8135 name="NetworkAttachmentType"
8136 uuid="8730d899-d036-4925-bc63-e58f3486f4bf"
8137 >
8138 <desc>
8139 Network attachment type.
8140 </desc>
8141
8142 <const name="Null" value="0">
8143 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "not attached".</desc>
8144 </const>
8145 <const name="NAT" value="1"/>
8146 <const name="HostInterface" value="2"/>
8147 <const name="Internal" value="3"/>
8148 </enum>
8149
8150 <enum
8151 name="NetworkAdapterType"
8152 uuid="156b17b9-5d61-4d54-be90-62e37dda848d"
8153 >
8154 <desc>
8155 Network adapter type.
8156 </desc>
8157
8158 <const name="Null" value="0">
8159 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
8160 </const>
8161 <const name="Am79C970A" value="1"/>
8162 <const name="Am79C973" value="2"/>
8163 <const name="I82540EM" value="3"/>
8164 </enum>
8165
8166 <interface
8167 name="INetworkAdapter" extends="$unknown"
8168 uuid="78dfc978-ecb0-44ee-8b20-54549dd4539e"
8169 wsmap="managed"
8170 >
8171 <attribute name="adapterType" type="NetworkAdapterType">
8172 <desc>
8173 Type of the virtual network adapter. Depending on this value,
8174 VirtualBox will provide a different virtual network hardware
8175 to the guest.
8176 </desc>
8177 </attribute>
8178
8179 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8180 <desc>
8181 Slot number this adapter is plugged into. Corresponds to
8182 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter"/>
8183 to obtain this instance.
8184 </desc>
8185 </attribute>
8186
8187 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8188 <desc>
8189 Flag whether the network adapter is present in the
8190 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8191 not contain this network adapter. Can only be changed when
8192 the VM is not running.
8193 </desc>
8194 </attribute>
8195
8196 <attribute name="MACAddress" type="wstring">
8197 <desc>
8198 Ethernet MAC address of the adapter, 12 hexadecimal characters. When setting
8199 it to NULL, VirtualBox will generate a unique MAC address.
8200 </desc>
8201 </attribute>
8202
8203 <attribute name="attachmentType" type="NetworkAttachmentType" readonly="yes"/>
8204
8205 <attribute name="hostInterface" type="wstring">
8206 <desc>
8207 Name of the Host Network Interface that is currently in use. NULL will be returned
8208 if no device has been allocated. On Linux, setting this refers to a permanent TAP
8209 device. However, a file descriptor has precedence over the interface name on Linux.
8210 Note that when VBox allocates a TAP device, this property will not be set, i.e. the
8211 interface name would have to be determined using the file descriptor and /proc/self/fd.
8212 </desc>
8213 </attribute>
8214
8215<if target="xpidl">
8216 <attribute name="TAPFileDescriptor" type="long">
8217 <desc>
8218 File descriptor of the TAP device. It can either be setup by the caller
8219 which has to supply an existing valid file handle allocated in the parent
8220 process of the VM process or allocated by VirtualBox. The value is -1 if it
8221 has not been defined. This property is non persistent, i.e. it will not be
8222 stored in the VM's configuration data and thus has to be set at each startup.
8223 </desc>
8224 </attribute>
8225 <attribute name="TAPSetupApplication" type="wstring">
8226 <desc>
8227 Application to start to configure the TAP device.
8228 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8229 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8230 </desc>
8231 </attribute>
8232 <attribute name="TAPTerminateApplication" type="wstring">
8233 <desc>
8234 Application to start before closing a TAP device.
8235 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8236 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8237 </desc>
8238 </attribute>
8239</if>
8240
8241 <attribute name="internalNetwork" type="wstring">
8242 <desc>
8243 Name of the internal network the VM is attached to.
8244 </desc>
8245 </attribute>
8246
8247 <attribute name="cableConnected" type="boolean">
8248 <desc>
8249 Flag whether the adapter reports the cable as connected or not.
8250 It can be used to report offline situations to a VM.
8251 </desc>
8252 </attribute>
8253
8254 <attribute name="lineSpeed" type="unsigned long">
8255 <desc>
8256 Line speed reported by custom drivers, in units of 1 kbps.
8257 </desc>
8258 </attribute>
8259
8260 <attribute name="traceEnabled" type="boolean">
8261 <desc>
8262 Flag whether network traffic from/to the network card should be traced.
8263 Can only be toggled when the VM is turned off.
8264 </desc>
8265 </attribute>
8266
8267 <attribute name="traceFile" type="wstring">
8268 <desc>
8269 Filename where a network trace will be stored. If not set, VBox-pid.pcap
8270 will be used.
8271 </desc>
8272 </attribute>
8273
8274 <method name="attachToNAT">
8275 <desc>
8276 Attach the network adapter to the Network Address Translation (NAT) interface.
8277 </desc>
8278 </method>
8279
8280 <method name="attachToHostInterface">
8281 <desc>
8282 Attach the network adapter to a host interface. On Linux, the TAP
8283 setup application will be executed if configured and unless a device
8284 name and/or file descriptor has been set, a new TAP interface will be
8285 created.
8286 </desc>
8287 </method>
8288
8289 <method name="attachToInternalNetwork">
8290 <desc>
8291 Attach the network adapter to an internal network.
8292 </desc>
8293 </method>
8294
8295 <method name="detach">
8296 <desc>
8297 Detach the network adapter
8298 </desc>
8299 </method>
8300 </interface>
8301
8302
8303 <!--
8304 // ISerialPort
8305 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8306 -->
8307
8308 <enum
8309 name="PortMode"
8310 uuid="b266f43c-2e93-46b3-812b-c20e600e867b"
8311 >
8312 <desc>
8313 The PortMode enumeration represents possible communicaton modes for
8314 the virtual serial port device.
8315 </desc>
8316
8317 <const name="Disconnected" value="0">
8318 <desc>Virtual device is not attached to any real host device.</desc>
8319 </const>
8320 <const name="HostPipe" value="1">
8321 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host pipe.</desc>
8322 </const>
8323 <const name="HostDevice" value="2">
8324 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host device.</desc>
8325 </const>
8326 </enum>
8327
8328 <interface
8329 name="ISerialPort" extends="$unknown"
8330 uuid="937f6970-5103-4745-b78e-d28dcf1479a8"
8331 wsmap="managed"
8332 >
8333
8334 <desc>
8335 The ISerialPort interface represents the virtual serial port device.
8336
8337 The virtual serial port device acts like an ordinary serial port
8338 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8339 serial port hardware in one of two modes: host pipe or host device.
8340
8341 In host pipe mode, the #path attribute specifies the path to the pipe on
8342 the host computer that represents a serial port. The #server attribute
8343 determines if this pipe is created by the virtual machine process at
8344 machine startup or it must already exist before starting machine
8345 execution.
8346
8347 In host device mode, the #path attribute specifies the name of the
8348 serial port device on the host computer.
8349
8350 There is also a third communication mode: the disconnected mode. In this
8351 mode, the guest OS running inside the virtual machine will be able to
8352 detect the serial port, but all port write operations will be discarded
8353 and all port read operations will return no data.
8354
8355 <see>IMachine::getSerialPort</see>
8356 </desc>
8357
8358 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8359 <desc>
8360 Slot number this serial port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8361 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort"/>
8362 to obtain this instance.
8363 </desc>
8364 </attribute>
8365
8366 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8367 <desc>
8368 Flag whether the serial port is enabled. If disabled,
8369 the serial port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8370 </desc>
8371 </attribute>
8372
8373 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8374 <desc>Base I/O address of the serial port.</desc>
8375 </attribute>
8376
8377 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8378 <desc>IRQ number of the serial port.</desc>
8379 </attribute>
8380
8381 <attribute name="hostMode" type="PortMode">
8382 <desc>How is this port connected to the host.</desc>
8383 </attribute>
8384
8385 <attribute name="server" type="boolean">
8386 <desc>
8387 Flag whether this serial port acts as a server (creates a new pipe on
8388 the host) or as a client (uses the existing pipe). This attribute is
8389 used only when #hostMode is PortMode::HostPipePort.
8390 </desc>
8391 </attribute>
8392
8393 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8394 <desc>
8395 Path to the serial port's pipe on the host when #hostMode is
8396 PortMode::HostPipePort, or the host serial device name when #hostMode
8397 is PortMode::HostDevicePort. In either of the above cases, setting a
8398 @c null or an empty string as the attribute's value will result into
8399 an error. Otherwise, the value of this property is ignored.
8400 </desc>
8401 </attribute>
8402
8403 </interface>
8404
8405 <!--
8406 // IParallelPort
8407 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8408 -->
8409
8410 <interface
8411 name="IParallelPort" extends="$unknown"
8412 uuid="0c925f06-dd10-4b77-8de8-294d738c3214"
8413 wsmap="managed"
8414 >
8415
8416 <desc>
8417 The IParallelPort interface represents the virtual parallel port device.
8418
8419 The virtual parallel port device acts like an ordinary parallel port
8420 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8421 parallel port hardware using the name of the parallel device on the host
8422 computer specified in the #path attribute.
8423
8424 Each virtual parallel port device is assigned a base I/O address and an
8425 IRQ number that will be reported to the guest operating system and used
8426 to operate the given parallel port from within the virtual machine.
8427
8428 <see>IMachine::getParallelPort</see>
8429 </desc>
8430
8431 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8432 <desc>
8433 Slot number this parallel port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8434 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort"/>
8435 to obtain this instance.
8436 </desc>
8437 </attribute>
8438
8439 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8440 <desc>
8441 Flag whether the parallel port is enabled. If disabled,
8442 the parallel port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8443 </desc>
8444 </attribute>
8445
8446 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8447 <desc>Base I/O address of the parallel port.</desc>
8448 </attribute>
8449
8450 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8451 <desc>IRQ number of the parallel port.</desc>
8452 </attribute>
8453
8454 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8455 <desc>
8456 Host parallel device name. If this parallel port is enabled, setting a
8457 @c null or an empty string as this attribute's value will result into
8458 an error.
8459 </desc>
8460 </attribute>
8461
8462 </interface>
8463
8464
8465 <!--
8466 // IMachineDebugger
8467 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8468 -->
8469
8470 <interface
8471 name="IMachineDebugger" extends="$unknown"
8472 uuid="b3a02721-556a-4481-9d47-052a3f8cff90"
8473 wsmap="suppress"
8474 >
8475 <method name="resetStats">
8476 <desc>
8477 Reset VM statistics.
8478 </desc>
8479 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8480 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8481 </param>
8482 </method>
8483
8484 <method name="dumpStats">
8485 <desc>
8486 Dumps VM statistics.
8487 </desc>
8488 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8489 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8490 </param>
8491 </method>
8492
8493 <method name="getStats">
8494 <desc>
8495 Get the VM statistics in a XMLish format.
8496 </desc>
8497 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8498 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8499 </param>
8500 <param name="withDescriptions" type="boolean" dir="in">
8501 <desc>Whether to include the descriptions.</desc>
8502 </param>
8503 <param name="stats" type="wstring" dir="out">
8504 <desc>The XML document containing the statistics.</desc>
8505 </param>
8506 </method>
8507
8508 <attribute name="singlestep" type="boolean">
8509 <desc>Switch for enabling singlestepping.</desc>
8510 </attribute>
8511
8512 <attribute name="recompileUser" type="boolean">
8513 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for user mode code.</desc>
8514 </attribute>
8515
8516 <attribute name="recompileSupervisor" type="boolean">
8517 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for supervisor mode code.</desc>
8518 </attribute>
8519
8520 <attribute name="PATMEnabled" type="boolean">
8521 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the PATM component.</desc>
8522 </attribute>
8523
8524 <attribute name="CSAMEnabled" type="boolean">
8525 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the CSAM component.</desc>
8526 </attribute>
8527
8528 <attribute name="logEnabled" type="boolean">
8529 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling logging.</desc>
8530 </attribute>
8531
8532 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8533 <desc>
8534 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of CPU hardware
8535 virtualization extensions
8536 </desc>
8537 </attribute>
8538
8539 <attribute name="virtualTimeRate" type="unsigned long">
8540 <desc>
8541 The rate at which the virtual time runs expressed as a percentage.
8542 The accepted range is 2% to 20000%.
8543 </desc>
8544 </attribute>
8545
8546 <!-- @todo method for setting log flags, groups and destination! -->
8547
8548 <attribute name="VM" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
8549 <desc>
8550 Gets the VM handle. This is only for internal use while
8551 we carve the details of this interface.
8552 </desc>
8553 </attribute>
8554
8555 </interface>
8556
8557 <!--
8558 // IUSBController
8559 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8560 -->
8561
8562 <interface
8563 name="IUSBController" extends="$unknown"
8564 uuid="f4c2d3dc-f109-4da7-93b1-ec28973ac89f"
8565 wsmap="managed"
8566 >
8567 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8568 <desc>
8569 Flag whether the USB controller is present in the
8570 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8571 not contain any USB controller. Can only be changed when
8572 the VM is powered off.
8573 </desc>
8574 </attribute>
8575
8576 <attribute name="enabledEhci" type="boolean">
8577 <desc>
8578 Flag whether the USB EHCI controller is present in the
8579 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8580 not contain a USB EHCI controller. Can only be changed when
8581 the VM is powered off.
8582 </desc>
8583 </attribute>
8584
8585 <attribute name="USBStandard" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8586 <desc>
8587 USB standard version which the controller implements.
8588 This is a BCD which means that the major version is in the
8589 high byte and minor version is in the low byte.
8590 </desc>
8591 </attribute>
8592
8593 <attribute name="deviceFilters" type="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
8594 <desc>
8595 List of USB device filters associated with the machine.
8596
8597 If the machine is currently running, these filters are activated
8598 every time a new (supported) USB device is attached to the host
8599 computer that was not ignored by global filters
8600 (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>).
8601
8602 These filters are also activated when the machine is powered up.
8603 They are run against a list of all currently available USB
8604 devices (in states
8605 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link>,
8606 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
8607 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>) that were not previously
8608 ignored by global filters.
8609
8610 If at least one filter matches the USB device in question, this
8611 device is automatically captured (attached to) the virtual USB
8612 controller of this machine.
8613
8614 <see>IUSBDeviceFilter, ::IUSBController</see>
8615 </desc>
8616 </attribute>
8617
8618 <method name="createDeviceFilter">
8619 <desc>
8620 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
8621 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
8622 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
8623
8624 The created filter can then be added to the list of filters using
8625 <link to="#insertDeviceFilter()"/>.
8626
8627 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8628 </desc>
8629 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8630 <desc>
8631 Filter name. See <link to="IUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
8632 for more info.
8633 </desc>
8634 </param>
8635 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8636 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
8637 </param>
8638 </method>
8639
8640 <method name="insertDeviceFilter">
8641 <desc>
8642 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
8643 in the list of filters.
8644
8645 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
8646 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8647 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
8648
8649 <note>
8650 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to inster a
8651 filter that is already in the collection, will return an
8652 error.
8653 </note>
8654
8655 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8656 </desc>
8657 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8658 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
8659 </param>
8660 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
8661 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
8662 </param>
8663 </method>
8664
8665 <method name="removeDeviceFilter">
8666 <desc>
8667 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
8668 list of filters.
8669
8670 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
8671 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8672 the list will produce an error.
8673
8674 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8675 </desc>
8676 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8677 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
8678 </param>
8679 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8680 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
8681 </param>
8682 </method>
8683
8684 </interface>
8685
8686
8687 <!--
8688 // IUSBDevice
8689 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8690 -->
8691
8692 <enumerator
8693 name="IUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IUSBDevice"
8694 uuid="aefe00f7-eb8a-454b-9ea4-fd5ad93c0e99"
8695 />
8696
8697 <collection
8698 name="IUSBDeviceCollection" type="IUSBDevice"
8699 enumerator="IUSBDeviceEnumerator"
8700 uuid="e31f3248-90dd-4ca2-95f0-6b36042d96a2"
8701 readonly="yes"
8702 >
8703 <method name="findById">
8704 <desc>
8705 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
8706 <note>
8707 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
8708 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8709 </note>
8710 <see>IUSBDevice::id</see>
8711 </desc>
8712 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
8713 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
8714 </param>
8715 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8716 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8717 </param>
8718 </method>
8719
8720 <method name="findByAddress">
8721 <desc>
8722 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
8723 host address.
8724 <note>
8725 The method returns an error if the given address does not
8726 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8727 </note>
8728 <see>IUSBDevice::address</see>
8729 </desc>
8730 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8731 <desc>
8732 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
8733 search for.
8734 </desc>
8735 </param>
8736 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8737 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8738 </param>
8739 </method>
8740
8741 </collection>
8742
8743 <interface
8744 name="IUSBDevice" extends="$unknown"
8745 uuid="850af07b-9ee8-48c2-b6b0-f6d0acbf63c3"
8746 wsmap="managed"
8747 >
8748 <desc>
8749 The IUSBDevice interface represents a virtual USB device attached to the
8750 virtual machine.
8751
8752 A collection of objects implementing this interface is stored in the
8753 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/> attribute which lists all USB devices
8754 attached to a running virtual machine's USB controller.
8755 </desc>
8756
8757 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
8758 <desc>
8759 Unique USB device ID. This ID is built from #vendorId,
8760 #productId, #revision and #serialNumber.
8761 </desc>
8762 </attribute>
8763
8764 <attribute name="vendorId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8765 <desc>Vendor ID.</desc>
8766 </attribute>
8767
8768 <attribute name="productId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8769 <desc>Product ID.</desc>
8770 </attribute>
8771
8772 <attribute name="revision" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8773 <desc>
8774 Product revision number. This is a packed BCD represented as
8775 unsigned short. The high byte is the integer part and the low
8776 byte is the decimal.
8777 </desc>
8778 </attribute>
8779
8780 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8781 <desc>Manufacturer string.</desc>
8782 </attribute>
8783
8784 <attribute name="product" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8785 <desc>Product string.</desc>
8786 </attribute>
8787
8788 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8789 <desc>Serial number string.</desc>
8790 </attribute>
8791
8792 <attribute name="address" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8793 <desc>Host specific address of the device.</desc>
8794 </attribute>
8795
8796 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8797 <desc>
8798 Host USB port number the device is physically
8799 coonected to.
8800 </desc>
8801 </attribute>
8802
8803 <attribute name="version" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8804 <desc>
8805 The major USB version of the device - 1 or 2.
8806 </desc>
8807 </attribute>
8808
8809 <attribute name="portVersion" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8810 <desc>
8811 The major USB version of the host USB port the device is
8812 physically coonected to - 1 or 2. For devices not connected to
8813 anything this will have the same value as the version attribute.
8814 </desc>
8815 </attribute>
8816
8817 <attribute name="remote" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8818 <desc>
8819 Whether the device is physically connected to a remote VRDP
8820 client or to a local host machine.
8821 </desc>
8822 </attribute>
8823
8824 </interface>
8825
8826
8827 <!--
8828 // IUSBDeviceFilter
8829 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8830 -->
8831
8832 <enumerator
8833 name="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8834 uuid="d5109c61-93e7-4726-926b-0dee1020da56"
8835 />
8836
8837 <collection
8838 name="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8839 enumerator="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
8840 uuid="4fa3fc99-ceb1-4bf5-a9cb-e962d825c1ef"
8841 readonly="yes"
8842 />
8843
8844 <interface
8845 name="IUSBDeviceFilter" extends="$unknown"
8846 uuid="d6831fb4-1a94-4c2c-96ef-8d0d6192066d"
8847 wsmap="managed"
8848 >
8849 <desc>
8850 The IUSBDeviceFilter interface represents an USB device filter used
8851 to perform actions on a group of USB devices.
8852
8853 This type of filters is used by running virtual machines to
8854 automatically capture selected USB devices once they are physically
8855 attached to the host computer.
8856
8857 A USB device is matched to the given device filter if and only if all
8858 attributes of the device match the corresponding attributes of the
8859 filter (that is, attributes are joined together using the logical AND
8860 operation). On the other hand, all together, filters in the list of
8861 filters carry the semantics of the logical OR operation. So if it is
8862 desirable to create a match like "this vendor id OR this product id",
8863 one needs to create two filters and specify "any match" (see below)
8864 for unused attributes.
8865
8866 All filter attributes used for matching are strings. Each string
8867 is an expression representing a set of values of the corresponding
8868 device attribute, that will match the given filter. Currently, the
8869 following filtering expressions are supported:
8870
8871 <ul>
8872 <li><i>Interval filters</i>. Used to specify valid intervals for
8873 integer device attributes (Vendor ID, Product ID and Revision).
8874 The format of the string is:
8875
8876 <tt>int:((m)|([m]-[n]))(,(m)|([m]-[n]))*</tt>
8877
8878 where <tt>m</tt> and <tt>n</tt> are integer numbers, either in octal
8879 (starting from <tt>0</tt>), hexadecimal (starting from <tt>0x</tt>)
8880 or decimal (otherwise) form, so that <tt>m &lt; n</tt>. If <tt>m</tt>
8881 is ommitted before a dash (<tt>-</tt>), the minimum possible integer
8882 is assumed; if <tt>n</tt> is ommitted after a dash, the maximum
8883 possible integer is assummed.
8884 </li>
8885 <li><i>Boolean filters</i>. Used to specify acceptable values for
8886 boolean device attributes. The format of the string is:
8887
8888 <tt>true|false|yes|no|0|1</tt>
8889
8890 </li>
8891 <li><i>Exact match</i>. Used to specify a single value for the given
8892 device attribute. Any string that does't start with <tt>int:</tt>
8893 represents the exact match. String device attributes are compared to
8894 this string including case of symbols. Integer attributes are first
8895 converted to a string (see individual filter attributes) and then
8896 compared ignoring case.
8897
8898 </li>
8899 <li><i>Any match</i>. Any value of the corresponding device attribute
8900 will match the given filter. An empty or <tt>null</tt> string is
8901 used to construct this type of filtering expressions.
8902
8903 </li>
8904 </ul>
8905
8906 <note>
8907 On the Windows host platform, interval filters are not currently
8908 available. Also all string filter attributes
8909 (<link to="#manufacturer"/>, <link to="#product"/>,
8910 <link to="#serialNumber"/>) are ignored, so they behave as
8911 <i>any match</i> no matter what string expression is specified.
8912 </note>
8913
8914 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
8915 </desc>
8916
8917 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
8918 <desc>
8919 Visible name for this filter.
8920 This name is used to visually distungish one filter from another,
8921 so it can neither be <tt>null</tt> nor an empty string.
8922 </desc>
8923 </attribute>
8924
8925 <attribute name="active" type="boolean">
8926 <desc>Whether this filter active or has been temporarily disabled.</desc>
8927 </attribute>
8928
8929 <attribute name="vendorId" type="wstring">
8930 <desc>
8931 <link to="IUSBDevice::vendorId">Vendor ID</link> filter.
8932 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8933 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8934 (including leading zeroes).
8935 </desc>
8936 </attribute>
8937
8938 <attribute name="productId" type="wstring">
8939 <desc>
8940 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product ID</link> filter.
8941 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8942 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8943 (including leading zeroes).
8944 </desc>
8945 </attribute>
8946
8947 <attribute name="revision" type="wstring">
8948 <desc>
8949 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product revision number</link>
8950 filter. The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8951 has the form <tt>IIFF</tt>, where <tt>I</tt> is the decimal digit
8952 of the integer part of the revision, and <tt>F</tt> is the
8953 decimal digit of its fractional part (including leading and
8954 trailing zeroes).
8955 Note that for interval filters, it's best to use the hexadecimal
8956 form, because the revision is stored as a 16 bit packed BCD value;
8957 so the expression <tt>int:0x0100-0x0199</tt> will match any
8958 revision from <tt>1.0</tt> to <tt>1.99</tt>.
8959 </desc>
8960 </attribute>
8961
8962 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring">
8963 <desc>
8964 <link to="IUSBDevice::manufacturer">Manufacturer</link> filter.
8965 </desc>
8966 </attribute>
8967
8968 <attribute name="product" type="wstring">
8969 <desc>
8970 <link to="IUSBDevice::product">Product</link> filter.
8971 </desc>
8972 </attribute>
8973
8974 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring">
8975 <desc>
8976 <link to="IUSBDevice::serialNumber">Serial number</link> filter.
8977 </desc>
8978 </attribute>
8979
8980 <attribute name="port" type="wstring">
8981 <desc>
8982 <link to="IUSBDevice::port">Host USB port</link> filter.
8983 </desc>
8984 </attribute>
8985
8986 <attribute name="remote" type="wstring">
8987 <desc>
8988 <link to="IUSBDevice::remote">Remote state</link> filter.
8989 <note>
8990 This filter makes sense only for machine USB filters,
8991 i.e. it is ignored by IHostUSBDeviceFilter objects.
8992 </note>
8993 </desc>
8994 </attribute>
8995
8996 <attribute name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long">
8997 <desc>
8998 This is an advanced option for hiding one or more USB interfaces
8999 from the guest. The value is a bitmask where the bits that are set
9000 means the corresponding USB interface should be hidden, masked off
9001 if you like.
9002 This feature only works on Linux hosts.
9003 </desc>
9004 </attribute>
9005
9006 </interface>
9007
9008
9009 <!--
9010 // IHostUSBDevice
9011 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9012 -->
9013
9014 <enum
9015 name="USBDeviceState"
9016 uuid="b99a2e65-67fb-4882-82fd-f3e5e8193ab4"
9017 >
9018 <desc>
9019 USB device state. This enumeration represents all possible states
9020 of the USB device physically attached to the host computer regarding
9021 its state on the host computer and availability to guest computers
9022 (all currently running virtual machines).
9023
9024 Once a supported USB device is attached to the host, global USB
9025 filters (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>) are activated. They can
9026 either ignore the device, or put ot to #Held state, or do nothing. Unless
9027 the device is ignored by global filters, filters of all currently running
9028 guests (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are activated that can
9029 put it to #Captured state.
9030
9031 If the device was ignored by global filters, or didn't match
9032 any filters at all (including guest ones), it is handled by the host
9033 in a normal way. In this case, the device state is determined by
9034 the host and can be one of #Unavailable, #Busy or #Available, depending on
9035 the current device usage.
9036
9037 Besides auto-capturing based on filters, the device can be manually
9038 captured by guests (<link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) if its
9039 state is #Busy, #Available or #Held.
9040
9041 <note>
9042 Due to differences in USB stack implementations in Linux and Win32,
9043 states #Busy and #Available are applicable only to the Linux version of
9044 the product. This also means that (<link
9045 to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) can only succeed on Win32 if
9046 the device state is #USBDeviceHeld.
9047 </note>
9048
9049 <see>IHostUSBDevice, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
9050 </desc>
9051
9052 <const name="NotSupported" value="0">
9053 <desc>
9054 Not supported by the VirtualBox server, not available to guests.
9055 </desc>
9056 </const>
9057 <const name="Unavailable" value="1">
9058 <desc>
9059 Being used by the host computer exclusively,
9060 not available to guests.
9061 </desc>
9062 </const>
9063 <const name="Busy" value="2">
9064 <desc>
9065 Being used by the host computer, potentially available to guests.
9066 </desc>
9067 </const>
9068 <const name="Available" value="3">
9069 <desc>
9070 Not used by the host computer, available to guests.
9071 The host computer can also start using the device at any time.
9072 </desc>
9073 </const>
9074 <const name="Held" value="4">
9075 <desc>
9076 Held by the VirtualBox server (ignored by the host computer),
9077 available to guests.
9078 </desc>
9079 </const>
9080 <const name="Captured" value="5">
9081 <desc>
9082 Captured by one of the guest computers, not available
9083 to anybody else.
9084 </desc>
9085 </const>
9086 </enum>
9087
9088 <enumerator
9089 name="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9090 uuid="a0c55136-939f-4d20-b9d3-4d406f08bfa5"
9091 />
9092
9093 <collection
9094 name="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9095 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator"
9096 uuid="f9d3f96d-b027-4994-b589-70bb9ee0d364"
9097 readonly="yes"
9098 >
9099 <method name="findById">
9100 <desc>
9101 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
9102 <note>
9103 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
9104 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9105 </note>
9106 <see>IHostUSBDevice::id</see>
9107 </desc>
9108 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
9109 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
9110 </param>
9111 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9112 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9113 </param>
9114 </method>
9115
9116 <method name="findByAddress">
9117 <desc>
9118 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
9119 host address.
9120 <note>
9121 The method returns an error if the given address does not
9122 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9123 </note>
9124 <see>IHostUSBDevice::address</see>
9125 </desc>
9126 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9127 <desc>
9128 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
9129 search for.
9130 </desc>
9131 </param>
9132 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9133 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9134 </param>
9135 </method>
9136
9137 </collection>
9138
9139 <interface
9140 name="IHostUSBDevice" extends="IUSBDevice"
9141 uuid="173b4b44-d268-4334-a00d-b6521c9a740a"
9142 wsmap="managed"
9143 >
9144 <desc>
9145 The IHostUSBDevice interface represents a physical USB device attached
9146 to the host computer.
9147
9148 Besides properties inherited from IUSBDevice, this interface adds the
9149 <link to="#state"/> property that holds the courrent state of the USB
9150 device.
9151
9152 <see>IHost::USBDevices, IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9153 </desc>
9154
9155 <attribute name="state" type="USBDeviceState" readonly="yes">
9156 <desc>
9157 Current state of the device.
9158 </desc>
9159 </attribute>
9160
9161 <!-- @todo add class, subclass, bandwidth, configs, interfaces endpoints and such later. -->
9162
9163 </interface>
9164
9165
9166 <!--
9167 // IHostUSBDeviceFilter
9168 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9169 -->
9170
9171 <enum
9172 name="USBDeviceFilterAction"
9173 uuid="cbc30a49-2f4e-43b5-9da6-121320475933"
9174 >
9175 <desc>
9176 Actions for host USB device filters.
9177 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
9178 </desc>
9179
9180 <const name="Null" value="0">
9181 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
9182 </const>
9183 <const name="Ignore" value="1">
9184 <desc>Ignore the matched USB device.</desc>
9185 </const>
9186 <const name="Hold" value="2">
9187 <desc>Hold the matched USB device.</desc>
9188 </const>
9189 </enum>
9190
9191 <enumerator
9192 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9193 uuid="ff735211-903e-4642-9c37-189eb44579fe"
9194 />
9195
9196 <collection
9197 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9198 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
9199 uuid="1a80458b-87f1-4a74-995d-04e2330119e0"
9200 readonly="yes"
9201 />
9202
9203 <interface
9204 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" extends="IUSBDeviceFilter"
9205 uuid="4cc70246-d74a-400f-8222-3900489c0374"
9206 wsmap="managed"
9207 >
9208 <desc>
9209 The IHostUSBDeviceFilter interface represents a global filter for a
9210 physical USB device used by the host computer. Used indirectly in
9211 <link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>.
9212
9213 Using filters of this type, the host computer determines the initial
9214 state of the USB device after it is physically attached to the
9215 host's USB controller.
9216
9217 <note>
9218 The <link to="#remote"/> attribute is ignored by this type of
9219 filters, because it makes sense only for
9220 <link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters">machine USB filters</link>.
9221 </note>
9222
9223 <see>IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9224 </desc>
9225
9226 <attribute name="action" type="USBDeviceFilterAction">
9227 <desc>
9228 Action performed by the host when an attached USB device
9229 matches this filter.
9230 </desc>
9231 </attribute>
9232
9233 </interface>
9234
9235 <!--
9236 // IAudioAdapter
9237 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9238 -->
9239
9240 <enum
9241 name="AudioDriverType"
9242 uuid="4bcc3d73-c2fe-40db-b72f-0c2ca9d68496"
9243 >
9244 <desc>
9245 Host audio driver type.
9246 </desc>
9247
9248 <const name="Null" value="0">
9249 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "dummy audio driver".</desc>
9250 </const>
9251 <const name="WinMM" value="1"/>
9252 <const name="OSS" value="2"/>
9253 <const name="ALSA" value="3"/>
9254 <const name="DirectSound" value="4"/>
9255 <const name="CoreAudio" value="5"/>
9256 <const name="MMPM" value="6"/>
9257 <const name="Pulse" value="7"/>
9258 <const name="SolAudio" value="8"/>
9259 </enum>
9260
9261 <enum
9262 name="AudioControllerType"
9263 uuid="7afd395c-42c3-444e-8788-3ce80292f36c"
9264 >
9265 <desc>
9266 Virtual audio controller type.
9267 </desc>
9268
9269 <const name="AC97" value="0"/>
9270 <const name="SB16" value="1"/>
9271 </enum>
9272
9273 <interface
9274 name="IAudioAdapter" extends="$unknown"
9275 uuid="921873db-5f3f-4b69-91f9-7be9e535a2cb"
9276 wsmap="struct"
9277 >
9278 <desc>
9279 The IAudioAdapter interface represents the virtual audio adapter of
9280 the virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::audioAdapter"/>.
9281 </desc>
9282 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9283 <desc>
9284 Flag whether the audio adapter is present in the
9285 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
9286 not contain any audio adapter. Can only be changed when
9287 the VM is not running.
9288 </desc>
9289 </attribute>
9290 <attribute name="audioController" type="AudioControllerType">
9291 <desc>
9292 The audio hardware we emulate.
9293 </desc>
9294 </attribute>
9295 <attribute name="audioDriver" type="AudioDriverType">
9296 <desc>
9297 Audio driver the adapter is connected to. This setting
9298 can only be changed when the VM is not running.
9299 </desc>
9300 </attribute>
9301 </interface>
9302
9303 <!--
9304 // IVRDPServer
9305 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9306 -->
9307
9308 <enum
9309 name="VRDPAuthType"
9310 uuid="3d91887a-b67f-4b33-85bf-2da7ab1ea83a"
9311 >
9312 <desc>
9313 VRDP authentication type.
9314 </desc>
9315
9316 <const name="Null" value="0">
9317 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "no authentication".</desc>
9318 </const>
9319 <const name="External" value="1"/>
9320 <const name="Guest" value="2"/>
9321 </enum>
9322
9323 <interface
9324 name="IVRDPServer" extends="$unknown"
9325 uuid="ed9d31ae-867f-45fc-b727-6740084d1883"
9326 wsmap="struct"
9327 >
9328 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9329 <desc>VRDP server status.</desc>
9330 </attribute>
9331
9332 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned long">
9333 <desc>
9334 VRDP server port number.
9335 <note>
9336 Setting the value of this property to <tt>0</tt> will reset the port
9337 number to the default value which is
9338 currently <tt>3389</tt>. Reading this property will always return a
9339 real port number, even after it has been set to <tt>0</tt> (in which
9340 case the default port is returned).
9341 </note>
9342 </desc>
9343 </attribute>
9344
9345 <attribute name="netAddress" type="wstring">
9346 <desc>VRDP server address.</desc>
9347 </attribute>
9348
9349 <attribute name="authType" type="VRDPAuthType">
9350 <desc>VRDP authentication method.</desc>
9351 </attribute>
9352
9353 <attribute name="authTimeout" type="unsigned long">
9354 <desc>Timeout for guest authentication. Milliseconds.</desc>
9355 </attribute>
9356
9357 <attribute name="allowMultiConnection" type="boolean">
9358 <desc>
9359 Flag whether multiple simultaneous connections to the VM are permitted.
9360 Note that this will be replaced by a more powerful mechanism in the future.
9361 </desc>
9362 </attribute>
9363
9364 </interface>
9365
9366
9367 <!--
9368 // ISharedFolder
9369 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9370 -->
9371
9372 <enumerator
9373 name="ISharedFolderEnumerator" type="ISharedFolder"
9374 uuid="1d420fd8-e7c1-4511-abf4-a504dc6d0cbf"
9375 />
9376
9377 <collection
9378 name="ISharedFolderCollection" type="ISharedFolder"
9379 enumerator="ISharedFolderEnumerator"
9380 uuid="9c7e2282-bb16-4fa7-9138-f383c5e02353"
9381 readonly="yes">
9382
9383 <method name="findByName">
9384 <desc>
9385 Searches this collection for a shared folder with the given logical
9386 name.
9387 <note>
9388 The method returns an error if the given name does not correspond to
9389 any shared folder in the collection.
9390 </note>
9391 </desc>
9392 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9393 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to search for</desc>
9394 </param>
9395 <param name="sharedFolder" type="ISharedFolder" dir="return">
9396 <desc>Found shared folder object</desc>
9397 </param>
9398 </method>
9399
9400 </collection>
9401
9402 <interface
9403 name="ISharedFolder" extends="$unknown"
9404 uuid="8b0c5f70-9139-4f97-a421-64d5e9c335d5"
9405 wsmap="struct"
9406 >
9407 <desc>
9408 The ISharedFolder interface represents a folder in the host computer's
9409 file system accessible from the guest OS running inside a virtual
9410 machine using an associated logical name.
9411
9412 There are three types of shared folders:
9413 <ul>
9414 <li><i>Global</i> (<link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders"/>), shared
9415 folders available to all virtual machines.</li>
9416 <li><i>Permanent</i> (<link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/>),
9417 VM-specific shared folders available to the given virtual machine at
9418 startup.</li>
9419 <li><i>Transient</i> (<link to="IConsole::sharedFolders"/>),
9420 VM-specific shared folders created in the session context (for
9421 example, when the virtual machine is running) and automatically
9422 discarded when the session is closed (the VM is powered off).</li>
9423 </ul>
9424
9425 Logical names of shared folders must be unique within the given scope
9426 (global, permanent or transient). However, they do not need to be unique
9427 across scopes. In this case, the definitioin of the shared folder in a
9428 more specific scope takes precedence over definitions in all other
9429 scopes. The order of precedence is (more specific to more general):
9430 <ol>
9431 <li>Transient definitions</li>
9432 <li>Permanent definitions</li>
9433 <li>Global definitions</li>
9434 </ol>
9435
9436 For example, if MyMachine has a shared folder named
9437 <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points to <tt>C:\\</tt>), then cretaing a
9438 transient shared folder named <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points
9439 to <tt>C:\\\\WINDOWS</tt>) will change the definition
9440 of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> in the guest OS so
9441 that <tt>\\\\VBOXSVR\\C_DRIVE</tt> will give access
9442 to <tt>C:\\WINDOWS</tt> instead of <tt>C:\\</tt> on the host
9443 PC. Removing the transient shared folder <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> will restore
9444 the prevoious (permanent) definition of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> that points
9445 to <tt>C:\\</tt> if it still exists.
9446
9447 Note that permanent and transient shared folders of different machines
9448 are in different name spaces, so they don't overlap and don't need to
9449 have unique logical names.
9450
9451 <note>
9452 Global shared folders are not implemented in the current vesion of the
9453 product.
9454 </note>
9455 </desc>
9456
9457 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9458 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
9459 </attribute>
9460
9461 <attribute name="hostPath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9462 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
9463 </attribute>
9464
9465 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9466 <desc>
9467 Whether the folder defined by the host path is currently
9468 accessible or not.
9469 For example, the folder can be unaccessible if it is placed
9470 on the network share that is not available by the time
9471 this property is read.
9472 </desc>
9473 </attribute>
9474
9475 <attribute name="writable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9476 <desc>
9477 Whether the folder defined by the host path is writable or
9478 not.
9479 </desc>
9480 </attribute>
9481
9482 </interface>
9483
9484 <!--
9485 // ISession
9486 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9487 -->
9488
9489 <interface
9490 name="IInternalSessionControl" extends="$unknown"
9491 uuid="37838967-2430-4bb1-8acc-1b5b2c383d44"
9492 internal="yes"
9493 wsmap="suppress"
9494 >
9495 <method name="getPID">
9496 <desc>PID of the process that has created this Session object.
9497 </desc>
9498 <param name="pid" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
9499 </method>
9500
9501 <method name="getRemoteConsole">
9502 <desc>Returns the console object suitable for remote control.</desc>
9503 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="return"/>
9504 </method>
9505
9506 <method name="assignMachine">
9507 <desc>
9508 Assigns the machine object associated with this direct-type
9509 session or informs the session that it will be a remote one
9510 (if machine = NULL).
9511 </desc>
9512 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9513 </method>
9514
9515 <method name="assignRemoteMachine">
9516 <desc>
9517 Assigns the machine and the (remote) console object associated with
9518 this remote-type session.
9519 </desc>
9520 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9521 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="in"/>
9522 </method>
9523
9524 <method name="updateMachineState">
9525 <desc>
9526 Updates the machine state in the VM process.
9527 Must be called only in certain cases
9528 (see the method implementation).
9529 </desc>
9530 <param name="aMachineState" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
9531 </method>
9532
9533 <method name="uninitialize">
9534 <desc>
9535 Uninitializes (closes) this session. Used by VirtualBox to close
9536 the corresponding remote session when the direct session dies
9537 or gets closed.
9538 </desc>
9539 </method>
9540
9541 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
9542 <desc>
9543 Triggered when settings of the DVD drive object of the
9544 associated virtual machine have changed.
9545 </desc>
9546 </method>
9547
9548 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
9549 <desc>
9550 Triggered when settings of the floppy drive object of the
9551 associated virtual machine have changed.
9552 </desc>
9553 </method>
9554
9555 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
9556 <desc>
9557 Triggered when settions of a network adapter of the
9558 associated virtual machine have changed.
9559 </desc>
9560 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in"/>
9561 </method>
9562
9563 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
9564 <desc>
9565 Triggered when settions of a serial port of the
9566 associated virtual machine have changed.
9567 </desc>
9568 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in"/>
9569 </method>
9570
9571 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
9572 <desc>
9573 Triggered when settings of a parallel port of the
9574 associated virtual machine have changed.
9575 </desc>
9576 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in"/>
9577 </method>
9578
9579 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
9580 <desc>
9581 Triggered when settings of the VRDP server object of the
9582 associated virtual machine have changed.
9583 </desc>
9584 </method>
9585
9586 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
9587 <desc>
9588 Triggered when settings of the USB controller object of the
9589 associated virtual machine have changed.
9590 </desc>
9591 </method>
9592
9593 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
9594 <desc>
9595 Triggered when a permanent (global or machine) shared folder has been
9596 created or removed.
9597 <note>
9598 We don't pass shared folder parameters in this notification because
9599 the order in which parallel notifications are delivered is not defined,
9600 therefore it could happen that these parameters were outdated by the
9601 time of processing this notification.
9602 </note>
9603 </desc>
9604 <param name="global" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9605 </method>
9606
9607 <method name="onUSBDeviceAttach">
9608 <desc>
9609 Triggered when a request to capture a USB device (as a result
9610 of matched USB filters or direct call to
9611 <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9612 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9613 describes a failure.
9614 </desc>
9615 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
9616 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9617 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
9618 </method>
9619
9620 <method name="onUSBDeviceDetach">
9621 <desc>
9622 Triggered when a request to release the USB device (as a result
9623 of machine termination or direct call to
9624 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9625 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9626 </desc>
9627 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
9628 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9629 </method>
9630
9631 <method name="onShowWindow">
9632 <desc>
9633 Called by <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> and by
9634 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> in order to notify
9635 console callbacks
9636 <link to="IConsoleCallback::onCanShowWindow()"/>
9637 and <link to="IConsoleCallback::onShowWindow()"/>.
9638 </desc>
9639 <param name="check" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9640 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
9641 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="out"/>
9642 </method>
9643
9644 </interface>
9645
9646 <interface
9647 name="ISession" extends="$dispatched"
9648 uuid="12F4DCDB-12B2-4ec1-B7CD-DDD9F6C5BF4D"
9649 wsmap="managed"
9650 >
9651 <desc>
9652 The ISession interface represents a serialization primitive for virtual
9653 machines.
9654
9655 Within VirtualBox, every time one wishes to manipulate a virtual machine
9656 (for example, change its settings or start execution), an instance of
9657 the ISession interface is required. One first creates a local session
9658 object that implements the ISession interface and then passes the
9659 created object with the method call that opens the given session and
9660 thus initiates the machine manipulation. The session serves several
9661 purposes: it identifies to the inter-process VirtualBox code which
9662 process is currently working with the virtual machine, and it ensures
9663 that there are no incompatible requests from several processes for the
9664 same virtual machine.
9665
9666 How sessions objects are used depends on whether you use the Main API
9667 via COM or via the web service:
9668
9669 <ul>
9670 <li>When using the COM API directly, an object of the Session class from the
9671 VirtualBox type library needs to be created. In regular COM C++ client code,
9672 this can be done by calling <tt>createLocalObject()</tt>, a standard COM API.
9673 This object will then act as a local session object in further calls to open
9674 a session.
9675 </li>
9676
9677 <li>In the webservice, the session manager (IWebsessionManager) instead creates
9678 one session object automatically when <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" />
9679 is called. A managed object reference to that session object can be retrieved by
9680 calling <link to="IWebsessionManager::getSessionObject" />. This session object
9681 reference can then be used to open sessions.
9682 </li>
9683 </ul>
9684
9685 Sessions are mainly used in two variations:
9686
9687 <ul>
9688 <li>
9689 To start a virtual machine in a separate process, one would call
9690 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>, which requires a session
9691 object as its first parameter. This session then identifies the caller
9692 and lets him control the started machine (for example, pause machine
9693 execution or power it down) as well as be notified about machine
9694 execution state changes.
9695 </li>
9696
9697 <li>To alter machine settings, or to start machine execution within the
9698 current process, one needs to open a direct session for the machine first by
9699 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>. While a direct session
9700 is open within one process, no any other process may open another direct
9701 session for the same machine. This prevents the machine from being changed
9702 by other processes while it is running or while the machine is being configured.
9703 </li>
9704 </ul>
9705
9706 One also can attach to an existing direct session alreay opened by
9707 another process (for example, in order to send a control request to the
9708 virtual machine such as the pause or the reset request). This is done by
9709 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/>.
9710
9711 <note>
9712 Unless you are trying to write a new VirtualBox front-end that
9713 performs direct machine execution (like the VirtualBox or VBoxSDL
9714 frontends), don't call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> in a direct
9715 session opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/> and use this
9716 session only to change virtual machine settings. If you simply want to
9717 start virtual machine execution using one of the existing frontends
9718 (for example the VirtualBox GUI frontend), use
9719 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>. In the latter case, on
9720 sucess, the machine will be powered up for you by the front-end so you
9721 don't need to call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> too.
9722 </note>
9723 </desc>
9724
9725 <attribute name="state" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
9726 <desc>Current state of this session.</desc>
9727 </attribute>
9728
9729 <attribute name="type" type="SessionType" readonly="yes">
9730 <desc>
9731 Type of this session. The value of this attribute is valid only
9732 if the session is currently open (i.e. its #state is SessionType::SessionOpen),
9733 otherwise an error will be returned.
9734 </desc>
9735 </attribute>
9736
9737 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
9738 <desc>Machine object associated with this session.</desc>
9739 </attribute>
9740
9741 <attribute name="console" type="IConsole" readonly="yes">
9742 <desc>Console object associated with this session.</desc>
9743 </attribute>
9744
9745 <method name="close">
9746 <desc>
9747 Closes this session.
9748 <note>
9749 If a direct session for a machine opened with
9750 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> is not explicitly
9751 closed when the application terminates, the state of the
9752 machine will be set to <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>
9753 on the server. Generally, it is recommended to close all
9754 open sessions explicitly before terminating the application
9755 (no matter what is the reason of the termination).
9756 </note>
9757 </desc>
9758 </method>
9759
9760 </interface>
9761
9762 <!--
9763 // ISATAController
9764 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9765 -->
9766
9767 <interface
9768 name="ISATAController" extends="$unknown"
9769 uuid="9a4b868b-1376-4533-8ef5-065b8e8cedff"
9770 wsmap="managed"
9771 >
9772 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9773 <desc>
9774 Flag whether the SATA controller is present in the
9775 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
9776 not contain any SATA controller. Can only be changed when
9777 the VM is powered off.
9778 </desc>
9779 </attribute>
9780
9781 <attribute name="portCount" type="unsigned long">
9782 <desc>
9783 The number of usable ports on the sata controller.
9784 It ranges from 1 to 30.
9785 </desc>
9786 </attribute>
9787
9788 <method name="GetIDEEmulationPort">
9789 <desc>Gets the corresponding port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
9790 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
9791 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="return"/>
9792 </method>
9793
9794 <method name="SetIDEEmulationPort">
9795 <desc>Sets the port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
9796 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
9797 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="in"/>
9798 </method>
9799
9800 </interface>
9801
9802<if target="wsdl">
9803
9804 <!--
9805 // IManagedObjectRef
9806 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9807 -->
9808
9809 <interface
9810 name="IManagedObjectRef" extends="$unknown"
9811 uuid="9474d09d-2313-46de-b568-a42b8718e8ed"
9812 internal="yes"
9813 wsmap="managed"
9814 wscpp="hardcoded"
9815 >
9816 <desc>
9817 Webservice only: Managed object reference.
9818
9819 Only within the webservice, a managed object reference (which is really
9820 an opaque number) allows a webservice client to address an object
9821 that lives in the address space of the webservice server.
9822
9823 Behind each managed object reference, there is a COM object that lives
9824 in the webservice server's address space. The COM object is not freed
9825 until the managed object reference is released, either by an explicit
9826 call to <link to="IManagedObjectRef::release" /> or by logging off from
9827 the webservice (<link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />), which releases
9828 all objects created during the webservice session.
9829
9830 Whenever a method call of the VirtualBox API returns a COM object, the
9831 webservice representation of that method will instead return a
9832 managed object reference, which can then be used to invoke methods
9833 on that object.
9834 </desc>
9835
9836 <method name="getInterfaceName">
9837 <desc>
9838 Returns the name of the interface that this managed object represents,
9839 for example, "IMachine", as a string.
9840 </desc>
9841 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9842 </method>
9843
9844 <method name="release">
9845 <desc>
9846 Releases this managed object reference and frees the resources that
9847 were allocated for it in the webservice server process. After calling
9848 this method, the identifier of the reference can no longer be used.
9849 </desc>
9850 </method>
9851
9852 </interface>
9853
9854 <!--
9855 // IWebsessionManager
9856 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9857 -->
9858
9859 <interface
9860 name="IWebsessionManager" extends="$unknown"
9861 uuid="dea1b4c7-2de3-418a-850d-7868617f7733"
9862 internal="yes"
9863 wsmap="global"
9864 wscpp="hardcoded"
9865 >
9866 <desc>
9867 Webservice only: Websession manager. This provides essential services
9868 to webservice clients.
9869 </desc>
9870 <method name="logon">
9871 <desc>
9872 Logs a new client onto the webservice and returns a managed object reference to
9873 the IVirtualBox instance, which the client can then use as a basis to further
9874 queries, since all calls to the VirtualBox API are based on the IVirtualBox
9875 interface, in one way or the other.
9876 </desc>
9877 <param name="username" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9878 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9879 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9880 </method>
9881
9882 <method name="getSessionObject">
9883 <desc>
9884 Returns a managed object reference to the internal ISession object that was created
9885 for this web service session when the client logged on.
9886
9887 <see>ISession</see>
9888 </desc>
9889 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9890 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9891 </method>
9892
9893 <method name="logoff">
9894 <desc>
9895 Logs off the client who has previously logged on with <link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />
9896 and destroys all resources associated with the session (most importantly, all
9897 managed objects created in the server while the session was active).
9898 </desc>
9899 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9900 </method>
9901
9902 </interface>
9903
9904</if>
9905
9906 <module name="VBoxSVC" context="LocalServer">
9907 <class name="VirtualBox" uuid="B1A7A4F2-47B9-4A1E-82B2-07CCD5323C3F"
9908 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9909 <interface name="IVirtualBox" default="yes"/>
9910 </class>
9911 </module>
9912
9913 <module name="VBoxC" context="InprocServer" threadingModel="Free">
9914 <class name="Session" uuid="3C02F46D-C9D2-4f11-A384-53F0CF917214"
9915 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9916 <interface name="ISession" default="yes"/>
9917 </class>
9918 </module>
9919
9920</library>
9921
9922</idl>
Note: See TracBrowser for help on using the repository browser.

© 2025 Oracle Support Privacy / Do Not Sell My Info Terms of Use Trademark Policy Automated Access Etiquette